iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)(V600R009_06)(PDF)-En

iManager Nastar V600R009

Network Optimization User Guide (GSM) Issue

06

Date

2012-08-31

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2012. All rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.

Notice The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations of any kind, either express or implied. The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Address:

Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's Republic of China

Website:

http://www.huawei.com

Email:

[email protected]

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

About This Document

About This Document Purpose This section describes how to perform GSM network optimization on the Nastar. Through this function, you can perform various theme analysis functions on the Nastar, such as MR analysis, frequency analysis, neighboring cell analysis, uplink interference analysis, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis, VIP analysis, complaint analysis support, cell performance analysis, terminal inventory analysis, and network geographic analysis. This helps to quickly locate network problems.

Product Version The products described in this guide are as follows: Product Name

Product Version

Nastar

V600R009

Intended Audience This document is intended for network optimization engineers.

Change History Issue 06 (2012-08-31) This is the sixth formal release.

Issue 05 (2012-06-25) This is the fifth formal release.

Issue 04 (2012-05-08) This is the fourth formal release. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

About This Document

Issue 03 (2012-03-15) This is the third formal release.

Issue 02 (2011-11-11) This is the second formal release.

Issue 01 (2011-08-15) This is the first formal release.

Issue Draft C (2011-06-30) This is the third release for the beta test.

Issue Draft B (2011-05-31) This is the second release for the beta test.

Issue Draft A (2011-04-30) This is the first release for the beta test.

Organization 1 Overview The Nastar is deployed on the EMS side of an operator's network. The Nastar collects required analysis data from NEs through the EMS data center, and provides theme analysis for network optimization. 2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information Before enabling the Nastar to collect data from an OSS, you must configure the OSS and NE information. After you configure information including the IP address of the OSS and software version, the Nastar obtains the NE list managed by the OSS and analyzes the NEs in the NE list based on the configured OSS information. 3 Collecting Basic Data The basic data that needs to be collected by the Nastar contains configuration data, engineering parameters, and map data. The Nastar collects and imports basic data into the database so that you can perform various theme analysis tasks based on other analysis data such as VIP analysis data and coverage analysis data to locate network problems. 4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources This section describes how to enable data source switches by using the data source subscription function before performing various Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) theme analysis functions. After required data source switches are enabled, the Nastar can collect required data from network elements (NEs). This function is the prerequisite for all Nastar theme analysis functions. 5 Appendix: MML Command Reference Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

About This Document

This section describes the MML commands involved when the Nastar implements the GSM data source subscription function or delivers E2E tasks. For details about the MML commands, see the Nastar Data Source Subscription MML Command List Overview of GSM. 6 GSM MR Analysis The GSM MR analysis function enables you to obtain GSM measurement report (MR) analysis data, create GSM MR analysis tasks, query GSM MR analysis results, and export GSM MR analysis reports from the Nastar. Through this function, the Nastar directly displays radio link information and provides analysis of and suggestions on wireless network problems for quickly locating problems. 7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis The GSM neighboring cell analysis function enables you to obtain GSM neighboring cell analysis data, create GSM neighboring cell analysis tasks, query and export GSM neighboring cell analysis results, query and export possible GSM neighboring cell analysis results, query analysis results of GSM intra-frequency neighboring cells, and query analysis results of GSM co-BCCH and co-BSIC cells. The Nastar supports the analysis of defined and undefined GSM neighboring cells. By using this function, you can identify and handle the problems of redundant or missing neighboring cell configuration of a cell. Through this function, the Nastar directly displays the required information, helping you solve network quality problems that are caused by the redundant or missing neighboring cell configuration. 8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis The GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis function enables you to obtain GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data, create GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis tasks, query GSM/ UMTS neighboring cell analysis results, and export GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results from the Nastar. The Nastar supports the function of identifying redundant and missing inter-RAT neighboring cells. This helps to solve the network quality problems caused by redundant and missing neighboring cell configuration. 9 GSM Frequency Analysis The GSM frequency analysis function enables you to obtain GSM frequency analysis data, create GSM frequency analysis tasks, query and export GSM frequency analysis results, and query and export GSM frequency optimization results. The Nastar provides the interference matrix analysis function and frequency interference matrix analysis function based on Measurement Reports (MRs) to assist you in adjusting the frequency setting. In addition, you can plan a frequency optimization scheme based on frequency interference matrix and judge the usability of the scheme based on frequency optimization results. You are advised to perform neighboring cell analysis before starting frequency analysis. This helps to improve the accuracy of neighboring cell identification and enable the Nastar to generate a correct interference model. 10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis The GSM uplink interference analysis function enables you to obtain GSM uplink interference analysis data, create GSM uplink interference analysis tasks, and query GSM uplink interference analysis reports. By analyzing uplink level of cells, the Nastar displays the signal strength of the measurement ARFCNs of some cells in the analysis results, helping you select appropriate ARFCNs according to the actual situation. 11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis This section describes the GSM terminal inventory analysis tasks, including the management of terminal Information and terminal inventory analysis tasks and the query and export of terminal inventory analysis reports. The system analyzes the KPIs in the call records of terminal users. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

About This Document

This function helps operators identify the terminals with poor performance in the GSM network, therefore encouraging terminal manufacturers to improve the terminals with poor performance and guide subscribers to purchase terminals with good performance. In this case, subscribers can obtain stable services, and the subscriber satisfaction can be improved. 12 GSM VIP Analysis The GSM VIP analysis function enables you to obtain GSM VIP analysis data, create GSM VIP analysis tasks, and query GSM VIP analysis results from the Nastar. By monitoring the KPIs related to the quality of service (QoS) of VIP subscribers, the Nastar helps you identify and solve the network problems that may cause VIP complaints so that the service quality of VIP subscribers is ensured and the satisfaction of VIP subscribers is improved.This function can be used to quickly locate and resolve problems. Normally there is no way to avoid that some user data such as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) will be used during the troubleshooting. However, this function provides an anonymous data processing method. You are obligated to take considerable measures, in compliance with the laws of the countries concerned and the user privacy policies of your company, to ensure that the personal data of users is fully protected. 13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support The GSM complaint analysis support function enables you to create complaint analysis support tasks, query complaint analysis support results, and export complaint analysis support reports from the Nastar. After receiving a subscriber complaint, the Nastar can quickly searches for all call records of the complaint subscriber in a problem cell based on the known problem cell and International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the complaint subscriber, and called number of the complaint subscriber. Through the analysis of causes of exceptions such as access failure, handover failure, and abnormal call drop, the Nastar helps you locate and solve complaint problems. Normally there is no way to avoid that some user data such as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) will be used during the troubleshooting. However, this function provides an anonymous data processing method. You are obligated to take considerable measures, in compliance with the laws of the countries concerned and the user privacy policies of your company, to ensure that the personal data of users is fully protected. 14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis The GSM cell performance analysis function enables you to obtain GSM cell performance analysis data, create GSM cell performance analysis tasks, query GSM cell performance analysis results, and export GSM cell performance analysis reports from the Nastar. By providing call data of abnormal users in problem cells, the Nastar assists you in analyzing the root cause of abnormal calls. This helps to provide better services and improve user satisfaction. This function can be used to quickly locate and resolve problems. Normally there is no way to avoid that some user data such as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) will be used during the troubleshooting. However, this function provides an anonymous data processing method. You are obligated to take considerable measures, in compliance with the laws of the countries concerned and the user privacy policies of your company, to ensure that the personal data of users is fully protected. 15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis GSM network geographic analysis involves obtaining GSM network geographic analysis data, creating a GSM network geographic analysis task, viewing the GSM network geographic analysis result. The Nastar displays the relevant information on the map based on the data collected for the entire network to show the distribution of network coverage, traffic, and abnormal events in an intuitive and comprehensive manner. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

v

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

About This Document

Conventions Symbol Conventions The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Symbol

Description Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk, which if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. Indicates a hazard with a medium or low level of risk, which if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss, performance degradation, or unexpected results. Indicates a tip that may help you solve a problem or save time. Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement important points of the main text.

General Conventions The general conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Times New Roman

Normal paragraphs are in Times New Roman.

Boldface

Names of files, directories, folders, and users are in boldface. For example, log in as user root.

Italic

Book titles are in italics.

Courier New

Examples of information displayed on the screen are in Courier New.

Command Conventions The command conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Convention

Description

Boldface

The keywords of a command line are in boldface.

Italic

Command arguments are in italics.

[]

Items (keywords or arguments) in brackets [ ] are optional. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vi

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

About This Document

Convention

Description

{ x | y | ... }

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected.

[ x | y | ... ]

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. One item is selected or no item is selected.

{ x | y | ... }*

Optional items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one item or a maximum of all items can be selected.

[ x | y | ... ]*

Optional items are grouped in brackets and separated by vertical bars. Several items or no item can be selected.

GUI Conventions The GUI conventions that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Convention

Description

Boldface

Buttons, menus, parameters, tabs, window, and dialog titles are in boldface. For example, click OK.

>

Multi-level menus are in boldface and separated by the ">" signs. For example, choose File > Create > Folder.

Keyboard Operations The keyboard operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows. Format

Description

Key

Press the key. For example, press Enter and press Tab.

Key 1+Key 2

Press the keys concurrently. For example, pressing Ctrl+Alt +A means the three keys should be pressed concurrently.

Key 1, Key 2

Press the keys in turn. For example, pressing Alt, A means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

Mouse Operations The mouse operations that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Action

Description

Click

Select and release the primary mouse button without moving the pointer. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

vii

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

About This Document

Action

Description

Double-click

Press the primary mouse button twice continuously and quickly without moving the pointer.

Drag

Press and hold the primary mouse button and move the pointer to a certain position.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

viii

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

Contents About This Document.....................................................................................................................ii 1 Overview.........................................................................................................................................1 1.1 Position of the Nastar on the Network................................................................................................................2 1.2 Analysis Data Sources (GSM)............................................................................................................................3 1.3 Network Optimization Process...........................................................................................................................5

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information....................................................................................8 2.1 Basic Knowledge of OSS Management.............................................................................................................9 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs................................................................................................................9 2.3 Creating Custom NE Groups............................................................................................................................12 2.4 Reference for the OSS Management GUI........................................................................................................14 2.4.1 Interface Description: OSS Management................................................................................................14 2.4.2 Parameters for Setting the Object Attributes of OSS Management........................................................15 2.4.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying Custom NE Groups..................................................................18

3 Collecting Basic Data..................................................................................................................20 3.1 Introduction to GSM Basic Data......................................................................................................................22 3.2 Collecting Configuration Data..........................................................................................................................24 3.3 Importing Configuration Data..........................................................................................................................25 3.4 Importing Engineering Parameters...................................................................................................................27 3.5 Checking Engineering Parameters and Configuration Data.............................................................................29 3.6 GIS Management..............................................................................................................................................31 3.6.1 Viewing Analysis Results by Using the Google Earth............................................................................31 3.6.2 Querying Analysis Results Through the GIS Window...........................................................................33 3.7 Managing the GIS Window..............................................................................................................................34 3.7.1 Importing a Map......................................................................................................................................34 3.7.2 Converting the Map File Format.............................................................................................................35 3.7.3 Loading Site Information.........................................................................................................................36 3.7.4 Filtering Cells..........................................................................................................................................37 3.7.5 Searching Cells........................................................................................................................................38 3.7.6 Moving/Zooming In On/Zooming Out On/Refreshing/Fully Displaying a Map....................................39 3.7.7 Measuring Distance on the Map..............................................................................................................39 3.7.8 Saving the Map Display Effect................................................................................................................40 3.8 Reference to the Basic Data Collection Interface.............................................................................................40 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ix

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

3.8.1 Interface Description: GIS.......................................................................................................................40 3.8.2 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task...............................................................41 3.9 How Do I Deal With the GIS Ineffectiveness?................................................................................................44

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources...........................................................................................45 4.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Data Source Subscription......................................................................................46 4.2 Setting Data Source Switches (As an Administrator User)..............................................................................49 4.3 Querying the Data Source Switch Status on the Live Network (As a Common User)....................................51 4.4 GUI Description: Subscribing to GSM Data Source........................................................................................52

5 Appendix: MML Command Reference...................................................................................57 6 GSM MR Analysis......................................................................................................................58 6.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM MR Analysis..........................................................................................................60 6.1.1 GSM MR Analysis..................................................................................................................................60 6.1.2 TopN KPIs...............................................................................................................................................61 6.1.3 GSM MR Theme Analysis......................................................................................................................63 6.2 Process of GSM MR Analysis..........................................................................................................................65 6.3 Obtaining GSM MR Analysis Data..................................................................................................................67 6.3.1 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task...............................................................................68 6.3.2 Creating a Data Import Task...................................................................................................................70 6.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.................................................................................................74 6.4 Creating GSM MR Analysis Tasks..................................................................................................................77 6.5 Querying GSM MR Overview Analysis Results..............................................................................................79 6.5.1 Querying GSM BSC Analysis Results....................................................................................................80 6.5.2 Querying GSM Cell Group Analysis Results..........................................................................................82 6.5.3 Querying GSM TopN TRX Analysis Results.........................................................................................85 6.5.4 Querying GSM MR Filter Condition Analysis Reports..........................................................................86 6.6 Querying GSM MR Results.............................................................................................................................87 6.7 Comparing GSM MR Analysis Results............................................................................................................88 6.8 Exporting GSM MR Overview Reports...........................................................................................................90 6.9 Technical Specifications for GSM MR Analysis.............................................................................................91 6.10 Reference for the GSM MR Analysis GUI....................................................................................................92 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis............................................................................................92 6.10.2 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task.............................................................95 6.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM MR Analysis Tasks......................................................98 6.10.4 Parameters for Querying GBSC Reports.............................................................................................102 6.10.5 Parameters for Querying the GSM Cell Group Reports......................................................................105 6.10.6 Parameters for Querying the GSM TopN TRX Reports.....................................................................109 6.10.7 Parameters for Querying the GSM MR Filter Condition Analysis Reports........................................112 6.10.8 Parameters for Querying the MR Analysis Results of GSM Cells......................................................114 6.10.9 Parameters for Comparing GSM MR Analysis Results......................................................................117

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis...........................................................................................120 7.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis..................................................................................122 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

x

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

7.1.1 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Function...........................................................................................122 7.1.2 Algorithms for GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis..................................................................................124 7.2 Process of GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis..................................................................................................125 7.3 Obtaining GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data..........................................................................................127 7.3.1 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks.........................................................127 7.3.2 Creating a GSM Measure Task File for Neighbor Cell Data Collection Task......................................130 7.3.3 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task.............................................................................131 7.3.4 Creating a Data Import Task.................................................................................................................133 7.3.5 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data...............................................................................................137 7.4 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task............................................................................................140 7.5 Querying GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Results.......................................................................................143 7.6 Querying GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results........................................................................144 7.7 Querying GSM Co-BCCH and Co-BSIC Neighboring Cell Analysis Results..............................................146 7.8 Querying GSM Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Results............................................................146 7.9 Exporting GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports.....................................................................................147 7.10 Exporting GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports.....................................................................150 7.11 Technical Specifications for GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis....................................................................151 7.12 Reference for the GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis GUI.............................................................................151 7.12.1 Interface Description: GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis.....................................................................152 7.12.2 Interface Description: GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis......................................................153 7.12.3 Parameters of GSM Neighboring Cell E2E Tasks..............................................................................154 7.12.4 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task...........................................................157 7.12.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Tasks..............................159 7.12.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Results...................................................161 7.12.7 Parameters for Querying GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results.....................................171 7.12.8 Parameters for Querying GSM Co-BCCH and Co-BSIC Neighboring Cell Analysis Results...........177 7.12.9 Parameters for Querying GSM Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Results..........................179

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis..............................................................................183 8.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis......................................................................185 8.1.1 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis..............................................................................................185 8.1.2 Algorithms for GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis......................................................................186 8.2 Process of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis......................................................................................187 8.3 Obtaining GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Data..............................................................................189 8.3.1 Creating GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks.............................................189 8.3.2 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task.............................................................................191 8.3.3 Creating a Data Import Task.................................................................................................................192 8.3.4 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data...............................................................................................197 8.4 Creating GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Tasks..............................................................................200 8.5 Querying GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Results...........................................................................202 8.6 Querying GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results............................................................204 8.7 Exporting GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports.........................................................................205 8.8 Exporting GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports...........................................................207 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xi

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

8.9 Technical Specifications for GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis.........................................................207 8.10 Reference to the GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Interface...........................................................208 8.10.1 Interface Description: GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis........................................................208 8.10.2 Interface Description: GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis..........................................209 8.10.3 Parameters of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Data E2E Tasks..........................................................210 8.10.4 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task...........................................................211 8.10.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Tasks..................213 8.10.6 Parameters for Querying the Analysis Reports of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cells...........................215 8.10.7 Parameters for Querying the Analysis Reports of GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cells............217

9 GSM Frequency Analysis........................................................................................................222 9.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Frequency Analysis.............................................................................................224 9.1.1 GSM Frequency Analysis Function......................................................................................................224 9.1.2 Introduction to Process of GSM Frequency Analysis...........................................................................225 9.1.3 Process of GSM Frequency Optimization.............................................................................................226 9.1.4 GSM ARFCN Spacing Rules................................................................................................................227 9.2 Process of GSM Frequency Analysis.............................................................................................................231 9.3 Obtaining GSM Frequency Analysis Data.....................................................................................................234 9.3.1 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks.........................................................234 9.3.2 Creating a GSM Measure Task File for Neighbor Cell Data Collection Task......................................236 9.3.3 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task.............................................................................238 9.3.4 Creating a Data Import Task.................................................................................................................239 9.3.5 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data...............................................................................................244 9.4 Creating GSM Frequency Analysis Tasks......................................................................................................247 9.5 Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results..................................................................................................249 9.6 Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results...........................................................................................250 9.7 Exporting GSM Frequency Analysis Reports................................................................................................253 9.8 Exporting GSM Frequency Optimization Reports.........................................................................................255 9.9 Technical Specifications for GSM Frequency Analysis.................................................................................256 9.10 Reference for the GSM Frequency Analysis GUI........................................................................................257 9.10.1 Interface Description: GSM Frequency Analysis................................................................................257 9.10.2 Interface Description: GSM Frequency Optimization.........................................................................260 9.10.3 Parameters of GSM Neighboring Cell E2E Tasks..............................................................................262 9.10.4 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task...........................................................264 9.10.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Frequency Analysis Tasks.........................................266 9.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results..............................................................268 9.10.7 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results.......................................................278 9.11 How Do I Handle the Failure to Execute a GSM Frequency Analysis Task Whose Progress Bar Stays at 13% or 75% But the Task Status is Displayed As Finished?.......................................................................................281

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis.....................................................................................283 10.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis.............................................................................285 10.2 Process of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis.............................................................................................285 10.3 Obtaining GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data.....................................................................................287 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xii

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

10.3.1 Creating GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data E2E Tasks............................................................287 10.3.2 Creating a Data Import Task...............................................................................................................289 10.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.............................................................................................293 10.4 Creating GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Tasks.....................................................................................296 10.5 Querying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Results.................................................................................298 10.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Uplink Interference Analysis................................................................300 10.7 Reference for the GSM Uplink Interference Analysis GUI.........................................................................300 10.7.1 Interface Description: GSM Uplink Interference Analysis.................................................................300 10.7.2 Parameters of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis E2E Tasks............................................................301 10.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Tasks...........................303 10.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Results................................................305

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis.....................................................................................309 11.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis.............................................................................311 11.2 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Process.................................................................................................311 11.3 Managing Terminal Information..................................................................................................................313 11.4 Obtaining GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data.....................................................................................318 11.4.1 Creating GSM Terminal Inventory Data Analysis E2E Tasks............................................................318 11.4.2 Creating a Data Import Task...............................................................................................................320 11.4.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.............................................................................................324 11.5 Creating a GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task....................................................................................327 11.6 Querying GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Results.................................................................................328 11.7 Exporting GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Reports................................................................................330 11.8 Technical Specifications for GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis................................................................330 11.9 Reference to the GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Interface....................................................................331 11.9.1 Interface Description: GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis.................................................................331 11.9.2 Parameters for Creating and Modifying the Terminal Type...............................................................333 11.9.3 Parameters for GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data E2E Tasks..................................................334 11.9.4 Parameters for Creating or Modifying GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks.............................335 11.9.5 Parameters for Querying GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Results................................................336

12 GSM VIP Analysis..................................................................................................................350 12.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM VIP Analysis.....................................................................................................352 12.1.1 GSM VIP Analysis Function...............................................................................................................352 12.1.2 Authority Policies for GSM VIP Analysis..........................................................................................353 12.2 Process of GSM VIP Analysis......................................................................................................................358 12.3 Managing GSM VIP groups.........................................................................................................................360 12.4 Obtaining GSM VIP Analysis Data..............................................................................................................364 12.4.1 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Data E2E Tasks.....................................................................................364 12.4.2 Creating a Data Import Task...............................................................................................................366 12.4.3 Checking the Integrity of VIP Analysis Data......................................................................................370 12.5 Setting a Mailbox for Sending Analysis Reports.........................................................................................371 12.6 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Tasks..............................................................................................................372 12.7 Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results..........................................................................................................374 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiii

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

12.8 Querying GSM VIP Trend Analysis Results................................................................................................376 12.9 Technical Specifications for GSM VIP Analysis.........................................................................................379 12.10 Reference to the GSM VIP Analysis Interface...........................................................................................379 12.10.1 Interface Description: GSM VIP Analysis........................................................................................380 12.10.2 Interface for GSM VIP Trend Analysis.............................................................................................381 12.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Subscribers/VIP Groups...................................383 12.10.4 Parameters of GSM VIP Analysis Data E2E Tasks..........................................................................385 12.10.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Analysis Tasks..................................................386 12.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results.......................................................................389 12.10.7 Parameters for Setting the Mailbox of Analysis Results...................................................................397

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support......................................................................................398 13.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Complaint Analysis Support.............................................................................400 13.1.1 GSM Complaint Analysis Support Function.......................................................................................400 13.1.2 Authority Policies for GSM Complaint Analysis Support..................................................................401 13.2 Process of GSM Complaint Analysis Support.............................................................................................404 13.3 Creating GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks......................................................................................405 13.4 Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results..................................................................................408 13.5 Exporting GSM Complaint Analysis Support Reports.................................................................................411 13.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Complaint Analysis Support.................................................................412 13.7 Reference to the GSM Complaint Analysis Support Interface.....................................................................412 13.7.1 Interface Description: GSM Complaint Analysis Support..................................................................413 13.7.2 Interface for Signaling Procedure Before Call Release and Measurement Information in the GSM Complaint Analysis Support Window............................................................................................................414 13.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks............................418 13.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results.................................................419

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis..........................................................................................430 14.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Cell Performance Analysis................................................................................432 14.2 Process of GSM Cell Performance Analysis................................................................................................432 14.3 Obtaining GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data........................................................................................434 14.3.1 Creating GSM Cell Performance Data Analysis E2E Tasks...............................................................434 14.3.2 Creating a Data Import Task...............................................................................................................436 14.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.............................................................................................440 14.4 Creating GSM Cell Performance Analysis Tasks........................................................................................443 14.5 Querying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Results.....................................................................................445 14.6 Exporting GSM Cell Performance Analysis Reports...................................................................................447 14.7 Technical Specifications for GSM Cell Performance Analysis...................................................................448 14.8 Reference to the GSM Cell Performance Analysis Interface.......................................................................449 14.8.1 Interface Description: GSM Cell Performance Analysis.....................................................................449 14.8.2 Parameters for GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data E2E Tasks.....................................................450 14.8.3 Parameters for Creating or Modifying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Tasks.................................451 14.8.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Results...................................................452

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis...................................................................................456 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xiv

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Contents

15.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Network Geographic Analysis..........................................................................458 15.2 GSM network geographic Analysis Process................................................................................................458 15.3 Obtaining GSM Network Geographic Analysis Data..................................................................................460 15.3.1 Import Property Matrix........................................................................................................................460 15.3.2 Creating GSM Network Geographic Analysis Data E2E Tasks.........................................................462 15.3.3 Creating a Data Import Task...............................................................................................................463 15.3.4 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.............................................................................................468 15.4 Creating GSM Network Geographic Analysis Tasks...................................................................................471 15.5 Querying GSM Network Geographic Analysis Results...............................................................................473 15.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Network Geographic Observation........................................................476 15.7 Reference to the GSM Network Geographic Analysis Interface..................................................................476 15.7.1 Interface Description: GSM Network Geographic Analysis...............................................................476 15.7.2 Parameters for Creating GSM Network Geographic Analysis Data E2E Tasks.................................477 15.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Network Geographic Analysis Tasks.........................479 15.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Network Geographic Analysis Results..............................................481

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

xv

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

1 Overview

1

Overview

About This Chapter The Nastar is deployed on the EMS side of an operator's network. The Nastar collects required analysis data from NEs through the EMS data center, and provides theme analysis for network optimization. 1.1 Position of the Nastar on the Network The Nastar is deployed on a distributed client/server (C/S) network and is connected to an element management system (EMS). 1.2 Analysis Data Sources (GSM) The Nastar mainly uses the following three types of data during the analysis of GSM networks: GSM configuration data, GSM engineering parameters, data related to Nastar analysis, and GSM property matrix. 1.3 Network Optimization Process The optimization process of the Nastar consists of collection and check of basic data, network evaluation, further optimization of each theme, and evaluation of optimization effect. All the operations on the network must be recorded in details.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

1 Overview

1.1 Position of the Nastar on the Network The Nastar is deployed on a distributed client/server (C/S) network and is connected to an element management system (EMS). Figure 1-1 shows the position of the Nastar on the network. Figure 1-1 Position of the Nastar on the network

The communication between different units on the network is based on the TCP/IP protocol. The Nastar server and the EMS such as the M2000 must be in the same Local Area Network (LAN), and the IP addresses of the Nastar server and the EMS must be on the same network segment. Table 1-1 describes the function of each unit. Table 1-1 Description of the function units in the Nastar

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Functional Unit

Function Description

Nastar

The Nastar is one of the multi-user telecommunication platform developed by Huawei. It helps you to perform performance analysis for the radio network and perform network problem troubleshooting.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

1 Overview

Functional Unit

Function Description

SAU

SAU is short for Service Aware Unit (SAU). The main functions of the SAU are as follows: l Collecting raw data from BTSs l Preprocessing raw data and saving the preprocessed data l Uploading the preprocessed data In a GSM, UMTS, or CDMA network, an SAU must be configured for the base station controller to preprocess the performance data required by the Nastar. In an LTE network, the SAU is deployed on the OSS side as a server. The M2000, an element management system, is a centralized management platform developed by Huawei. The M2000 uniformly manages the NEs on a mobile network.

M2000

The M2000 is connected to the Nastar, and provides the Nastar with performance data, configuration data, call history record (CHR) processed data, and measurement report (MR) preprocessed data through FTP. Radio network

Multiple radio networks are supported, including GSM, UMTS, CDMA, and LTE networks.

MME

Mobility Management Entity (MME) provides data analysis function for the SAU on the LTE network.

1.2 Analysis Data Sources (GSM) The Nastar mainly uses the following three types of data during the analysis of GSM networks: GSM configuration data, GSM engineering parameters, data related to Nastar analysis, and GSM property matrix. Figure 1-2 shows the sources of the Nastar analysis data on the network.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

1 Overview

Figure 1-2 Sources of the Nastar analysis data (GSM)

Table 1-2 describes the sources of the Nastar analysis data. Table 1-2 Sources of the Nastar analysis data (GSM) Analysis Data Source

Function

GSM configuration data

Basic information for network optimization, used for the Nastar to correctly retrieve data of each cell from data sources.

GSM engineering parameters

Basic information for network optimization, including longitudes and altitudes of sites, and azimuths and down tilt angles of antennas. Used for displaying the analysis data geographically.

Data related to Nastar analysis

GSM performance data

Obtained from the M2000 and used for GSM MR analysis, GSM frequency analysis, GSM neighboring cell analysis, and GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data is retrieved from GSM performance data.

GSM uplink interference data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Obtained from the M2000 and used for GSM uplink interference analysis.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

1 Overview

Analysis Data Source

Function

GSM neighboring cell measurement data

Obtained from the M2000 and used for GSM frequency analysis and GSM neighboring cell analysis.

GSM MR data

GSM network geographic analysis data

Obtained from the SAU and used for GSM network geographic analysis.

Call History Record (CHR) data

GSM VIP analysis data

Obtained from the SAU and used for GSM VIP analysis.

GSM cell performan ce analysis data

Obtained from the SAU and used for GSM cell performance analysis.

GSM complaint analysis support data

Obtained from the SAU and used for GSM complaint analysis support.

GSM network geographic analysis data

Obtained from the SAU and used for GSM network geographic analysis.

GSM terminal inventory analysis data

Obtained from the SAU and used for GSM terminal inventory analysis.

GSM property matrix

Obtained from the network planning tools (such as the GENEX U-Net) and used for GSM network geographic analysis.

1.3 Network Optimization Process The optimization process of the Nastar consists of collection and check of basic data, network evaluation, further optimization of each theme, and evaluation of optimization effect. All the operations on the network must be recorded in details. Figure 1-3 shows the process of optimizing the Nastar.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

1 Overview

Figure 1-3 Process of optimizing the Nastar

Table 1-3 describes each phase. Table 1-3 Description of each phase Phase

Step

Description

Preparati on

Collection and check of basic data

Basic data includes engineering parameters, configuration data, VIP cells, VIP users, areas involving user complaints, users with complaints, and maps of related areas. In addition to basic data, you must check the consistency between configuration data and engineering parameters in the whole network and the integrity and accuracy of engineering parameters.

Network evaluation

The purpose of network evaluation is to learn the quality of the live network and main problematic cells and collect data for future in-depth analysis of network quality during the comparison of network quality at the network level. You can use other tools such as PRS to monitor and evaluate network KPIs.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

1 Overview

Phase

Step

Description

Optimiz ation

Further optimization of each theme

Use various performance analysis functions of the Nastar to perform further optimization of each theme. The performance analysis functions of the Nastar includes RF performance optimization such as coverage analysis and subscriber-based performance optimization such as complaint analysis support and VIP analysis.

Effect evaluati on phase

Evaluation of optimization effect

Evaluate the effect of network optimization.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Configuring OSSs and NE Information

About This Chapter Before enabling the Nastar to collect data from an OSS, you must configure the OSS and NE information. After you configure information including the IP address of the OSS and software version, the Nastar obtains the NE list managed by the OSS and analyzes the NEs in the NE list based on the configured OSS information. 2.1 Basic Knowledge of OSS Management This section describes the basic knowledge about the Operations Support System (OSS) management functions. You should grasp the basic knowledge before performing management operations. 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs This section describes how to create OSSs. You can create an OSS to initialize the protocol of the interface between the Nastar and the EMS device so that the Nastar accesses the EMS device through the interface to obtain the required data. In addition, you can set NEs managed by the OSS so that the Nastar collects required data from the selected NEs. 2.3 Creating Custom NE Groups This section describes how to create custom NE groups. The Nastar client provides the functions of creating, modifying, deleting, importing, and exporting custom NE groups. You can add certain NEs to an NE group so that the performance analysis can be performed for all the NEs in an NE group. 2.4 Reference for the OSS Management GUI This section describes the parameters about the interface of OSS management and the parameters for setting the object attributes of OSS management. You can refer to the description when performing the relevant operations on the interface.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

2.1 Basic Knowledge of OSS Management This section describes the basic knowledge about the Operations Support System (OSS) management functions. You should grasp the basic knowledge before performing management operations. In the OSS management, objects represent the physical or logical entities on the network. A physical or logical entity, namely, an object, can be an OSS or an NE. l

Operations Support System The operations support system (OSS) defines network management devices that can be connected with the Nastar. The Nastar collects the required data from a specified FTP server according to the relevant attributes set in the OSS and saves the data as files in a specified path on the Nastar server.

l

NE NEs are used to identify network devices, such as BTS and BSC.NEs can be classified into physical NEs and virtual NEs. – Physical NEs are actual telecommunication devices of Huawei on the network. – Virtual NEs are the NEs that actually do not exist or are telecommunications devices of other vendors on the network.

The OSS management subsystem provides the basic functions for managing objects. The subsystems such as centralized task management add objects to the GUI through the OSS management subsystem. The OSS management of the Nastar enables you to create and delete OSSs, view and modify OSS attributes, and manage the information about NEs managed by the OSS.

2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs This section describes how to create OSSs. You can create an OSS to initialize the protocol of the interface between the Nastar and the EMS device so that the Nastar accesses the EMS device through the interface to obtain the required data. In addition, you can set NEs managed by the OSS so that the Nastar collects required data from the selected NEs.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Procedure Step 1 Create an OSS. 1.

Choose Maintenance > OSS Management. The OSS Management window is displayed.

2.

Click New OSS.

3.

Set OSS property parameters.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

CAUTION l If OSS Type, OSS User Name, OSS Password and OSS Server Port are not set correctly, E2E tasks will fail to start and the Nastar system will fail to collect data. l OSS User Name and OSS Password must be the same as the user name and password set for the Nastar system on the M2000. For details, see How to Create a Nastar User on the M2000?. l For the OSS Type parameter: l If the OSS version is M2000V200R011C00CP2302 or a later patch version, set OSS Type to M2000V200R011C00CP2302. l If the OSS version is M2000V200R011C01CP2302 or a later patch version, set OSS Type to M2000V200R011C01CP2302. l If the OSS version is another version of M2000V200R011, set OSS Type to M2000V200R011. 4.

Set FTP server parameters.

CAUTION The parameters such as FTP Server Ip, FTP Server Port, FTP User Name, FTP Password, FTP transfer mode, and FTP Protocol must be set correctly. Otherwise, the Nastar fails to collect data. l When double Ethernet adapters are installed in the M2000, you must fill in Internal Server IP. l When the network mode of the M2000 is Multi-server load sharing system (SLS)/ ATAE Cluster, you must fill in Standby FTP Server IP. 5.

Click OK.

6.

If OSS Type is set to M2000 V200R008 or a later version and the M2000 is deployed in the Multi-server load sharing system (SLS)/ATAE Cluster mode, perform the following operations to configure slave servers. The network scale is large when the M2000 in M2000 V200R008 or a later version is deployed in SLS mode. Therefore, data required by the Nastar is distributed over different servers. In this case, you need to create a master server and then create slave servers during the creation of an OSS. a.

Select a created OSS (serving as a master server) from the navigation tree in the left pane, and then click Slave Server. The Slave Server dialog box is displayed.

b.

Click Add. The Slave Server Information dialog box is displayed.

c.

Set parameters of a slave server. Then, click OK.

d.

Repeat the preceding operations to set parameters of all slave servers. Then, click Close.

Step 2 Set NEs managed by an OSS. 1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Select an OSS node from the navigation tree in the left of the OSS Management window, and then click NE Manager. The Ne Selector dialog box is displayed. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2.

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Set NEs managed by the selected OSS. The pane on the left lists the NEs that can be selected, and the pane on the right lists the NEs that are already selected. An NE can only be listed in either of the two panes. l You can click , , , and to select NEs. A single arrow indicates that you can select one or multiple NEs. Double arrows indicate that you can select all NEs. l You can select multiple NEs by pressing Ctrl. l You can select the update automatically node under an NE type in the left pane and then click

to move all the NEs under the NE type to the right pane.

to select an NE under an NE type from the right pane to the left l If you click pane, the system remove the update automatically node under an NE type from the right pane automatically. l If update automatically is displayed under the selected NE type in the right pane, the system automatically updates all NEs under the NE type every four hours according to the actual network situation.

CAUTION l The Nastar does not support the NEs whose names contain any of the following characters: &, , or '. Therefore, do not select NEs whose names contain any of those characters. Otherwise, Nastar analysis will fail. l If an NE is not added to the right pane, the data of this NE cannot be collected to the Nastar server. 3.

Click OK.

----End

Follow-up Procedure Delete an existing OSS. 1.

Select an OSS node to be deleted from the navigation tree in the left of the OSS Management window. Then, click Delete. If data collection tasks have existed in the selected OSS, the systems prompts The OSS has been used in these Data Collection task, please delete them first:, You should delete the data collect tasks first before you delete the OSS.

2.

Click OK in the displayed dialog box.

Related References 2.4.2 Parameters for Setting the Object Attributes of OSS Management

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

2.3 Creating Custom NE Groups This section describes how to create custom NE groups. The Nastar client provides the functions of creating, modifying, deleting, importing, and exporting custom NE groups. You can add certain NEs to an NE group so that the performance analysis can be performed for all the NEs in an NE group.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to manage NE groups.

Context Custom NE group files in .csv, .xls, and .xlsx formats are supported.

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > NE Group Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The NE Group Management window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > NE Group Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The NE Group Management window is displayed.

Step 2 Create a custom NE group. If you need to...

Then...

Create a custom NE group by adding a new NE group

Perform Step 3.

Create a custom NE group by importing an NE group file

Perform Step 4.

Step 3 Create a custom NE group by adding a new NE group. 1.

Click the *** NE Group tab. Click Create to open the Edit NE Group dialog box. In the name of the tab page, *** indicates the network system such as GSM, CDMA, UMTS, or LTE.

2.

Set the relevant parameters. l The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. l For details about the parameters, see 2.4.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying Custom NE Groups.

3.

Click OK.

Step 4 Create a custom NE group by importing an NE group file. 1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click the *** NE Group tab, and then click Import. In the name of the tab page, *** indicates the network system such as GSM, CDMA, or UMTS. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

NOTE

The function of importing user-defined NE groups is unavailable for the LTE system.

2.

In the displayed Open dialog box, select an edited NE group file, and then click Open. If an NE group file in .xls format or .xlsx format is selected and the file contains multiple sheets, a message is displayed for you to select the sheet to be imported. NOTE

If multiple lines of remarks regarding an NE group are inconsistent in the edited NE group file, the system displays the last line of remarks on the Note title bar of the NE Group Management window. It is recommended that the remarks in different lines regarding an NE group be consistent when you define NE group information.

3.

Click Open. The Message indicates the quantities of the successful and unsuccessful imported NE group.

4.

Click OK.

----End

Follow-up Procedure In the NE Group Management window, click the *** NE Group tab, and then select an NE group to view, modify, delete or export this NE group. In the name of the tab page, *** indicates the network system such as GSM, CDMA, UMTS or LTE. If you need to...

Then...

Query and modify the properties of a custom NE group

1. Click Modify. 2. View the information about members of the custom NE group. If the relevant parameters need to be modified, perform 3 through 4. 3. Modify the relevant parameters. The objects and remarks of an NE groups can be modified but the name of an NE group cannot be modified. For details about the parameters, see 2.4.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying Custom NE Groups. 4. Click OK. NOTE If the NE group is used by other tasks, the modification does not affect the ongoing tasks. If the NE group is used by a periodic task, the related information is updated in the next period after the modification. TIP When you need to modify the information about NE groups in batches, you can export the NE group information, make modifications, and then import the NE group information again.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

If you need to...

Then...

Delete a custom NE group.

1. Click Delete. 2. Click OK in the displayed dialog box. NOTE If the NE group is used by other tasks, the modification does not affect the ongoing tasks. If the NE group is used by a periodic task, the related information is updated in the next period after the modification.

Export a custom NE group

1. Click Export. 2. Set the file name and specify the save path and file type in the displayed Save dialog box, and then click Save. All the NE group information displayed on this tab page can be exported. NOTE The function of exporting user-defined NE group is unavailable for the LTE system.

Related References 2.4.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying Custom NE Groups

2.4 Reference for the OSS Management GUI This section describes the parameters about the interface of OSS management and the parameters for setting the object attributes of OSS management. You can refer to the description when performing the relevant operations on the interface.

2.4.1 Interface Description: OSS Management This section describes the interface of OSS management. Before perform the relevant operations, you need to familiarize yourself with the functions of each area on the interface. Figure 2-1 shows the interface of OSS management. Table 2-1 describes the items in Figure 2-1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Figure 2-1 Interface of OSS management

Table 2-1 Interface description: OSS management No.

Name

Description

(1)

Navigation tree

Indicates that the objects in the navigation tree are sorted by OSS.

(2)

Toolbar

Provides the buttons for creating and deleting OSSs, setting slave servers, managing NEs, modifying the attributes of the created OSSs, and so on.

(3)

Area of OSS attributes

Displays the details of the OSS that you select in the navigation tree.

(4)

Area of FTP server information

Displays the details of the FTP server corresponding to the OSS that you select in the navigation tree.

2.4.2 Parameters for Setting the Object Attributes of OSS Management This section describes the parameters for creating or modifying the objects of OSS management. You can refer to the description when creating or modifying the objects of OSS management. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Parameters Related to the OSS Attributes Parameter

Description

OSS Name

Indicates the name of an OSS to be created or modified. Value range: l A maximum of 60 characters l The following characters are not allowed: ~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * + =? l Unique and cannot be null l Case sensitive Indicates the type of the interface between the EMS and the Nastar.

OSS Type

Value range: M2000V200R008, M2000V200R009, M2000V200R010, M2000V200R011, M2000V200R011C00CP2302, M2000V200R011C01CP2302, M2000V200R012, OMC920V400R001, OMC920V400R005, OMC920V400R006 and OMC920V400R007 When the Nastar collects data from the OSS, this interface defines the relevant principles such as the path of the configuration data files and performance data files in the OSS and the naming rules of the files. Thus, the Nastar can collect the required files from the path specified by the OSS and saves the files in the specified path on the Nastar client. OSS Network Mode

Set the network mode of the M2000. l Single/High Availability (HA) l Remote High Availability (RHA) l Multi-server load sharing system (SLS)/ATAE Cluster Optional. The default value is Single/High Availability (HA). NOTE If the network mode is Multi-server load sharing system (SLS)/ATAE Cluster, you need to set the slave servers.

OSS User Name

Indicates the user name used to log in to the OSS server. This parameter cannot be null.

OSS Password

Indicates the password used to log in to the OSS server. This parameter cannot be null.

OSS Server Port

Indicates the port number of the OSS server. This parameter cannot be null.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Parameter

Description

Description

It is the description of an OSS. Value range: l A maximum of 128 characters l The following characters are not allowed: ~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * + =? l Case sensitive

Parameters Related to the FTP Server Parameter

Description

FTP Server IP

Indicates the IP address of the FTP server where the file to be collected is located. This parameter cannot be null.

Standby FTP Server IP

Indicates the IP address of the standby server when the network mode of the M2000 is Multi-server load sharing system (SLS)/ ATAE Cluster.

Internal Server IP

Indicates the internal IP address for communicating with the NEs. If the M2000 configures the dual Ethernet adapters, this parameter cannot be null.

FTP Server Port

Indicates the port number of the FTP server where the file to be collected is located. This parameter can be set to any integer from 1 to 65535. The default value is 21. This parameter cannot be null.

FTP User Name

Indicates the user name used to log in to the FTP server. Value range: l A maximum of 25 characters l The following characters are not allowed: ~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * + =? l Case sensitive This parameter cannot be null. Indicates the password used to log in to the FTP server.

FTP Password

This parameter cannot be null. FTP Transfer Mode

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Indicates the transfer mode set for the FTP server. The parameter value can be Passive Mode or Active Mode.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Parameter

Description

FTP Protocol

l SFTP: Indicates the encrypted FTP transfer, which requires the support from the FTP server. l FTP: Indicates the non-encrypted FTP transfer, which is a general FTP mode.

Parameter Related to the slave server Attributes Parameter

Description

FTP server IP

Indicates the IP address of the slave server in the M2000 SLS system. The value of this parameter cannot be null.

FTP server port

Indicates the FTP service port. Value range: an integer from 0 to 65535. The default value is 21. If the parameter value is null, the system uses 0 as the port number.

FTP user

Indicates the valid user name of the FTP service in the M2000 SLS system. Value range: l A maximum of 25 characters l The following characters are not allowed: ~ ! @ # $ % ^ & * + =? l Case sensitive

FTP password

Indicates the password of the FTP service in the M2000 SLS system.

Related Tasks 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs

2.4.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying Custom NE Groups This section describes the parameters for creating and modifying custom NE groups. You can refer to the parameter description when creating and modifying the custom NE groups.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2 Configuring OSSs and NE Information

Parameter Description Parameter

Description

NE Group Name

Indicates the name of the NE group, for example, Cell_1. Value range: l A maximum of 128 characters l Characters not allowed: ~ ! # $ % ^ * + = | \ / , ' `:"? l Unique and not null l Case sensitive

NE Group Type

Indicates the type of the NE group.

(Only CDMA and LTE network need to set the parameter)

l CDMA network supports three NE group types, as follows: – CARRIER – CARRIER-1x – CARRIER-EVDO l LTE network supports two NE group types, as follows: – eNodeB Group – NE Group

Remarks

Provides the description of an NE group. Value range: l A maximum of 250 characters l Characters not allowed: ~ ! # $ % ^ * + = | \ / , ' `:"?

Related Tasks 2.3 Creating Custom NE Groups

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3

Collecting Basic Data

About This Chapter The basic data that needs to be collected by the Nastar contains configuration data, engineering parameters, and map data. The Nastar collects and imports basic data into the database so that you can perform various theme analysis tasks based on other analysis data such as VIP analysis data and coverage analysis data to locate network problems. 3.1 Introduction to GSM Basic Data This section describes the GSM basic data used for analysis. The GSM basic data consists of engineering parameters, configuration data, and map files. 3.2 Collecting Configuration Data This section describes how to collect configuration data on the Nastar. The Nastar automatically and periodically obtains configuration data from a specified directory on the M2000 server and saves the data on the Nastar server. 3.3 Importing Configuration Data This section describes how to import configuration data. The Nastar automatically obtains configuration data from a specified directory on the Nastar server periodically and then import the data into the database. After you create a configuration data import task on the Nastar client, the Nastar automatically imports the configuration data periodically based on the created import task. 3.4 Importing Engineering Parameters This section describes how to import engineering parameters. You can import engineering parameters into the Nastar database to provide a reference for certain algorithms related to performance analysis. 3.5 Checking Engineering Parameters and Configuration Data This section describes how to check engineering parameters and configuration data. Through this function, you can check whether the existing engineering parameter data is consistent with the configuration data. If the check result is inconsistent, you can enable the Nastar to synchronize the engineering parameter data with the configuration data to ensure data consistency. 3.6 GIS Management The Nastar can geographically display the performance analysis results through either the Geographic Information System (GIS) window or Google Earth. You can view the Nastar analysis result directly on the map, thus facilitating the service analysis. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3.7 Managing the GIS Window You can import the map files in .wor, .tab or .sxwu format and view the site information in the GIS window by using the engineering parameters. In addition, you can perform the following operations in the GIS window through the GIS toolbar, such as move/center/zoom in on/zoom out on a map and measure the distance between two points on the map. 3.8 Reference to the Basic Data Collection Interface This section describes the interface for collecting basic data on the Nastar and the relevant parameters. You can refer to this section when you import configuration data, engineering parameters, or maps. 3.9 How Do I Deal With the GIS Ineffectiveness? This section describes the cause of the problem that the GIS function is ineffective after you login in to the Nastar client.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3.1 Introduction to GSM Basic Data This section describes the GSM basic data used for analysis. The GSM basic data consists of engineering parameters, configuration data, and map files.

Map Files Map files contain the geographical information of the area to be analyzed. Currently, the Nastar supports map files in .wor, .tab, and .sxwu formats. If the PC is connected to the Internet, you can view analysis results on the Google Earth. NOTE

You can convert the map files in .wor or .tab formats to the map files in .sxwu format through the Convert Map function of the Nastar.

Configuration Data Configuration data contains the basic information for network optimization, which is used for the Nastar to correctly retrieve data of each cell from data sources. The Nastar can obtain configuration data from the specified path on the M2000.

GSM Engineering Parameters GSM engineering parameters contain the basic information for GSM network optimization, including longitudes and altitudes of sites, and azimuths and downtilts of antennas. Table 3-1 shows GSM engineering parameters supported by the Nastar. Table 3-1 GSM engineering parameters Parameter

Description

Value Range

Optional/ Mandatory

BSC Name

Indicates the name of a BSC.

String, a maximum of 50 characters

Mandatory

BTS Name

Indicates the name of a BTS.

String, a maximum of 64 characters

Mandatory

Cell Name

Indicates the name of a cell.

String, a maximum of 64 characters

MCC

Indicates the mobile country code.

l Integer

Indicates the mobile network code.

l Integer

Indicates the location area code of a cell.

l Integer

MNC

LAC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Mandatory

l Value range: [000,999] Mandatory

l Value range: [00,99] Mandatory

l Value range: [1,65533], 65535

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Parameter

Description

Value Range

Optional/ Mandatory

CI

Indicates the cell identification.

l Integer

Mandatory

Indicates the broadcast control channel.

l Integer

Indicates the color code of a BTS.

l Integer

Indicates the network color code.

l Integer

Longitude

Indicates the longitude where a cell is located, for example, 116.389722.

Value range: [-180.00000,180.000 00]

Mandatory

Latitude

Indicates the latitude where a cell is located, for example, 39.952778.

Value range: [-90.00000,90.00000]

Mandatory

Azimuth

Indicates the azimuth of an antenna.

Value range: [0.00,360.00]

Mandatory

Outdoor Cell

Indicates whether the cell is an outdoor cell.

l 0: No, indoor cell

Optional

Indicates whether the cell is a directional cell.

l 0: No

Indicates the traffic channel.

TCH ARFCNs must be separated by spaces.

BCCH

BCC

NCC

Direct Cell

TCH

l Value range: [0,65535] Mandatory

l Value range: [0,1023] Mandatory

l Value range: [0,7] Mandatory

l Value range: [0,7]

l 1: Yes, outdoor cell Optional

l 1: Yes Optional

Other Data l

To perform a VIP analysis task, you need to obtain VIP subscriber information, including the information about VIP subscribers and the corresponding IMSIs.

l

To perform a complaint analysis support task, you also need to obtain the complaint subscriber information, including the information about complaint subscribers and the corresponding IMSIs or the information about the called subscribers and the corresponding IMSIs.

l

To perform a network geographic analysis task, you also need to obtain the property matrix information. Property matrix can be generated using a network planning simulation tool, such as GENEX U-Net.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3.2 Collecting Configuration Data This section describes how to collect configuration data on the Nastar. The Nastar automatically and periodically obtains configuration data from a specified directory on the M2000 server and saves the data on the Nastar server.

Prerequisites l

The configuration data is generated on the M2000. For details, refers to the Collecting and Importing Basic Data > Collecting and Importing Configuration Data > Collecting and Importing Configuration Data (xml.gz Format) chapter in the Nastar Commissioning Guide (HP).

l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

A configuration data collection task is a user-defined scheduled task.

l

The configuration data collection task can be executed periodically or once. The unit of the task execution period can be minutes, hours, days, weeks, or months.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can choose Task Type > Data Collection > Data Collection from the navigation tree and then doubleclick Data Collection to open the New Task. By default, Task Type is set to Data Collection.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data collection task.

2.

Select Data Collection > Data Collection from Task Type.

3.

In Run Type, select Once or Period.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click

. In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time.

NOTE

l Begin time must be later than the current server time. l If Run Type is set to Once, the Begin Time parameter becomes invalid after you select Execute Immediately. In addition, the task is performed immediately after being created.

2.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Perform corresponding operations based on task types, once or periodical. If...

Then...

Run Type is set to Once.

Perform Step 5.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

If...

Then...

Run Type is set to Period.

a. Set the task execution period in Period Setting. NOTE Performance data can be collected at an interval of half an hour or one hour.

Step 5 Click Next. Then, set parameters in the Basic Information and Task Parameter areas. 1.

In the OSS Name drop-down list box, select the name of the OSS that the NE to be analyzed belongs to.

2.

In the Data Query drop-down list box, select Config Data.

3.

Set the parameters in the Task Parameter area. l After Collect All NE is selected, all NE nodes in the NE object navigation tree are automatically selected. That is, data of all NEs will be periodically collected and saved as a file in a specified path on the Nastar. l After Collect By NE Type is selected, Filter NE automatically becomes unavailable. If you select an NE type node in the NE object navigation tree, all NE nodes under the selected NE type node will be automatically selected. That is, data of all NEs under the selected NE type will be periodically collected and saved as a file in a specified path on the Nastar. l If Collect All NE and Collect By NE Type are not selected, you can type a keyword of NE name in Filter NE to search for the required NE object nodes in the NE object navigation tree. Alternatively, select certain NE object nodes directly in the NE object navigation tree. Data of all the selected NEs will be periodically collected and saved as a file in a specified path on the Nastar. l Select Specify the time range and set Start time and End time to collect related data from the M2000 periodically or once within a specified time period and save the data to a specified path on the Nastar.

Step 6 Click Finish. The new data collection task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Related References 3.8.2 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task

3.3 Importing Configuration Data This section describes how to import configuration data. The Nastar automatically obtains configuration data from a specified directory on the Nastar server periodically and then import the data into the database. After you create a configuration data import task on the Nastar client, the Nastar automatically imports the configuration data periodically based on the created import task.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. The Nastar allows you to create only one configuration data import task for each network system.

l

The configuration data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hour, Day, Week, or Month.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In Task Name, enter the name of the scheduled task.

2.

Select a *** configuration data import task from Task Type. In the name of a task type, *** refers to the network system such as GSM, UMTS, CDMA, or LTE.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution period of the task. 1.

Click . In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time. You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set Execution Interval and Execution times.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure After the task is created, you can query the status of the task in the task list of the Task Management window. If the task status is Complete, you can query the imported configuration data by performing the following operations: 1.

Double-click System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

2.

In the Query Data dialog box, select *** Configuration Data. In the name of a task type, *** refers to the network system such as GSM, UMTS, CDMA, or LTE.

3.

4.

Set the query conditions. a.

Specify whether to limit the time range.

b.

Select the names of the NEs to be queried.

Click Query. The query results are displayed in the Query Data dialog box.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3.4 Importing Engineering Parameters This section describes how to import engineering parameters. You can import engineering parameters into the Nastar database to provide a reference for certain algorithms related to performance analysis.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context Engineering parameters mainly include the engineering information, geographical information, and key configuration information of cells. The engineering parameter template files in .csv, .xls, and .xlsx formats can be imported. To open .xlsx files, you must install Microsoft Office 2007. Nastar imports and exports CSV files most efficiently. You are advised to save the engineering parameter data as CSV files. NOTE

If an .xls engineering parameter file contains more than 27,000 records, this file cannot be imported. Therefore, you are advised to convert an .xls file to the .csv format before importing it.

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Engineering Parameter Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Engineering Parameter Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Engineering Parameter Management window is displayed.

Step 2 In the Engineering parameter management window, click the *** engineering parameters tab and then click Import. In the name of the tab, *** refers to the network system such as GSM, CDMA, UMTS, or LTE. Step 3 In the displayed Open dialog box, select an engineering parameter file, and then click Open. If an engineering parameter file in .xls or .xlsx format is selected and the file contains multiple sheets, the system displays a message, prompting you to select the sheet to be imported. NOTE

You are advised to import the engineering parameter data as CSV files.

Step 4 Configure the column headers. l At the header of each column, right-click and choose the title of the current column. When you move the pointer to the column header of a column, a pop-up message is displayed, showing the information about this column, for example, Column No./Configured column title/Column title in the engineering parameter file. l The column headers marked with the * character must be configured. Otherwise, the import operation is not allowed. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

l If you need to modify an incorrectly configured column header, right-click the column header, clear the check box next to the original header, and then reconfigure the header. l The engineering parameters must meet the following restrictions in different network systems. For details, see Table 3-2. Otherwise, the engineering parameter file cannot be imported into the database. Table 3-2 Restrictions on engineering parameters Network System

Restriction

GSM

l The mandatory parameters must be configured, and the values of the mandatory parameters must not be empty. l The values of the parameters must be in the specified range. l The value of MCC+MNC+LAC+CI of a cell must be unique. NOTE For details of the mandatory parameters and the range, see GSM Engineering Parameters.

UMTS

l The mandatory parameters must be configured, and the values of the mandatory parameters must not be empty. l The values of the parameters must be in the specified range. l The value of RNC ID+CELL ID of a cell must be unique. NOTE For details of the mandatory parameters and the range, see UMTS Engineering Parameters.

CDMA

l The mandatory parameters must be configured, and the values of the mandatory parameters must not be empty. l The values of the parameters must be in the specified range. l The value of MSC ID+CELL ID+SECTOR ID of a cell must be unique. NOTE For details of the mandatory parameters and the range, see CDMA Engineering Parameters.

LTE

l The mandatory parameters must be configured, and the values of the mandatory parameters must not be empty. l The values of the parameters must be in the specified range. l The value of eNodeB ID+CELL ID of a cell must be unique. NOTE For details of the mandatory parameters and the range, see LTE Engineering Parameters.

Step 5 Click OK. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Step 6 In the OK dialog box, check the number of added records, updated records, and failed records. Then, click OK. Step 7 Perform the operations as prompted. If...

Then...

The imported engineering parameter data is correct

Click Close.

The imported engineering parameter data is abnormal.

The data that fails to be imported is highlighted in red. In this case, perform either of the following operations: l Click Export Failed Records. The system exports the error records to a file. You can modify error data and then complete the import operation. l Click Close to complete the import operation.

----End

Follow-up Procedure l

Exporting engineering parameters After engineering parameter data is imported, you can export all engineering parameter data from the database and save the data as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file for easy query and management. To export engineering parameter data, do as follows: 1.

In the Engineering parameter management window, click the *** engineering parameters tab and select the engineering parameters to be exported from the engineering parameter list. Then click Export. In the name of the tab, *** refers to the network system such as GSM, CDMA, UMTS, or LTE.

2.

Set a file name and specify the save path and file type in the displayed Save dialog box, and then click Save. NOTE

You are advised to export and save the engineering parameter data as CSV files.

l

Deleting engineering parameters Select the engineering parameters to be deleted from the engineering parameter list, and then click Delete.

3.5 Checking Engineering Parameters and Configuration Data This section describes how to check engineering parameters and configuration data. Through this function, you can check whether the existing engineering parameter data is consistent with the configuration data. If the check result is inconsistent, you can enable the Nastar to synchronize the engineering parameter data with the configuration data to ensure data consistency. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to manage engineering parameters.

l

Configuration data is imported. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

l

Engineering parameter data is imported. For details, see 3.4 Importing Engineering Parameters.

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Engineering Parameter Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. Step 2 In the Engineering parameter management window, click the *** engineering parameters tab. In the name of the tab page, *** indicates the network system such as GSM, CDMA, UMTS, or LTE. Step 3 Check engineering parameters. 1.

Click Configuration Check. The Nastar displays the check results. l Number of cells with configuration and engineering parameters: indicates the number of cells that are configured with both engineering parameters and configuration data. l Number of cells with configuration but without engineering parameters: indicates the number of cells that are configured with configuration data but are not configured with engineering parameters. l Number of cells with engineering parameters but without configuration: indicates the number of cells that are configured with engineering parameters but are not configured with configuration data. l Number of External Cells with configuration but without engineering parameter: indicates the number of external neighboring cells that are configured with configuration data but are not configured with engineering parameters. It is only for the GSM engineering parameters.

2.

Click Export.

3.

Select the saving path, saving name, and saving format of the check results in the Save dialog box. The check results in .csv, .xls, or .xlsx format can be exported. Check results are saved in a folder, the folder includes four files: l Engineering Parameters and Configuration Shared: This sheet records the information about cells that are configured with both engineering parameters and configuration data. l Proprietary Engineering Parameter: This sheet records the information of cells that are configured with only engineering parameters. l Proprietary Configuration: This sheet records the information of cells that are configured with only configuration data. l External Neighboring Cell with No engineering parameter: This sheet records the information of external neighboring cells that are configured with only configuration data. The file is used to check engineering parameters only on the GSM network.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Step 4 Optional: Click Configuration Synchronize to synchronize engineering parameter data with configuration data. After engineering parameter data is imported into the database, the Nastar updates some engineering parameters based on the latest configuration data according to the specific parameters. The following engineering parameters are updated: l GSM network: Synchronize the configuration for BCC, NCC, BCCH, Cell Name, and TCH parameters based on the LAC+CI. l UMTS network: Synchronize the configuration for Cell Name, P-SC, and UARFCN Downlink parameters based on the RNC ID+Cell ID. l CDMA network: Synchronize the configuration for BSC ID, Cell ID, Sector ID, ARFCN parameters based on the BTS ID. NOTE

The Nastar system currently does not support the configuration synchronization of the engineering parameters on the LTE network.

If the configuration data changes, you need to manually synchronize the engineering parameter data with the configuration data to ensure data consistency. Alternatively, you can import the modified engineering parameter file to achieve data consistency. ----End

3.6 GIS Management The Nastar can geographically display the performance analysis results through either the Geographic Information System (GIS) window or Google Earth. You can view the Nastar analysis result directly on the map, thus facilitating the service analysis.

3.6.1 Viewing Analysis Results by Using the Google Earth This section describes how to view analysis results by using the Google Earth. The Nastar can quickly display BTS and performance analysis results (for example, VIP analysis results) on the Google Earth. The three-dimensional map enables you to easily view the network performance analysis results and reduces the workload of field survey.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The PC is connected to the Internet.

l

The Google Earth is installed in the PC.

Context The principles for displaying the Nastar data on the Google Earth are as follows: l

After the engineering parameters are read, the geographic data is displayed on the scale of 2,600 meters at heights and with the last cell in the engineering parameter list being in the center by default.

l

The Nastar data can be displayed on the Google Earth synchronously. The geographic data is displayed on the scale of 2,600 meters at heights with the selected cell being in the center.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

l

3 Collecting Basic Data

Currently, the Nastar can display the following analysis results on a map: – GSM neighboring cell analysis results, GSM VIP analysis results, GSM network geographic analysis results, and GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results – UMTS intra-frequency neighboring cell analysis results, UMTS VIP analysis results, UMTS pilot pollution analysis results, UMTS network geographic analysis results, and UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis results – CDMA intra-frequency neighboring cell analysis results, CDMA VIP analysis results, and CDMA pilot pollution analysis results – LTE VIP analysis Click on the toolbar in the GIS window (that is Network Geographic Observation window) to view the legend information. It shows the display effect of each type of analysis result. NOTE

The description of operations related to the Google Earth is not provided in this document.

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Satellite View from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The EarthViewWindow window is displayed. The system loads the Google Earth components through the Internet. After the loading is complete, the system automatically reads the engineering parameters in the Nastar system and displays the engineering parameters as labels on the Google Earth. If...

Then...

The EarthViewWindow window displays the home page of the Google Earth

It indicates that the system fails to automatically read the Nastar engineering parameters. This problem may be caused by the low speed of loading the Google Earth components. In this case, you need to double-click System Function > Satellite View again. TIP You can also choose System Function > Satellite View from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Satellite View window is displayed.

The EarthViewWindow window displays sites It indicates that the system succeeds in automatically reading the Nastar and cells, and the specified area is located. engineering parameters. Step 2 Enable the Google Earth to display the Nastar data synchronously. After you click a cell in the analysis results, the Google Earth regards the selected cell as a center, and then displays the geographic data on the scale of 2,600 meters at heights. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Step 3 View the cell information. After you click a cell, the Google Earth displays the engineering parameter information about the cell in a message box. You can click the cell again to cancel the display of the message box. ----End

3.6.2 Querying Analysis Results Through the GIS Window This section describes how to query analysis results through the Geographic Information System (GIS) window. The Nastar can quickly display BTS and performance analysis results (for example, VIP analysis results) in the GIS window.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to use the GIS.

Context The principles for displaying Nastar data in the GIS window are as follows: l

The Nastar data can be displayed in the GIS window synchronously. The geographic data is displayed with the selected cell being in the center.

l

Currently, the Nastar can display the following analysis results on a map: – GSM neighboring cell analysis results, GSM VIP analysis results, GSM network geographic analysis results, and GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results – UMTS intra-frequency neighboring cell analysis results, UMTS VIP analysis results, UMTS pilot pollution analysis results, UMTS network geographic analysis results, and UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis results – CDMA intra-frequency neighboring cell analysis results, CDMA VIP analysis results, and CDMA pilot pollution analysis results – LTE VIP analysis on the toolbar in the GIS window (that is Network Geographic Observation Click window) to view the legend information. It shows the display effect of each type of analysis result.

Procedure on the toolbar on the upper left corner of the Nastar client window. The GIS window Step 1 Click is displayed. After the GIS window is displayed, click

to hide the GIS window.

Step 2 Load engineering parameters. For details, see 3.7.3 Loading Site Information. For details about the operations in the GIS window, see 3.7 Managing the GIS Window. Step 3 Enable the GIS window to display the Nastar data synchronously. After you click a cell in the engineering parameter list or an analysis result, the GIS window regards the selected cell as a center to display the geographic data. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Step 4 Query cell information. to select a cell. Then, the engineering parameters of the cell are displayed in the area Click in the right pane of the GIS window. ----End

3.7 Managing the GIS Window You can import the map files in .wor, .tab or .sxwu format and view the site information in the GIS window by using the engineering parameters. In addition, you can perform the following operations in the GIS window through the GIS toolbar, such as move/center/zoom in on/zoom out on a map and measure the distance between two points on the map.

Context NOTE

The GIS window is the Network Geographic Observation window. You can click left corner of the Nastar client to open the window.

button in the upper

3.7.1 Importing a Map his section describes how to import a map. You can import the map files in .wor, .tab, or .sxwu format to simulate the geographic environment, thus facilitating the analysis and location of network problems.T

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to use the GIS.

Context The Nastar provides two modes for importing map files: l

Mode 1: Importing a map file for the first time If the map files in .wor or .tab format, the importing speed and the operation response are slow. It is recommended to convert the map files in .wor or .tab format to the map files in .sxwu format by referring to 3.7.2 Converting the Map File Format. You can import the map files in .sxwu format to improve the importing speed and the operation efficiency. NOTE

The Nastar does not support importing the map in .tab format whose data source is in picture format.

l

Mode 2: Loading a map file again (the map file was imported last time) If you have already imported a map file, you are advised to load the map files to speed up the importing process.

CAUTION When you perform operations in the GIS window, you are advised not to import or load map files repeatedly. This is to prevent any unknown impact. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Procedure Step 1 Select a mode to import map files depending on the actual situation. If You Want to ...

Then ...

Import a map file for the first time

For details, see Step 2 to Step 4.

Step 2 Click

on the toolbar. The Open Map... dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Select a map file in .wor, .tab, or .sxwu format. Step 4 Click Open. The system starts importing the map file. ----End

Follow-up Procedure Deleting the geography layer. Click Layer Management icon on the toolbar, select the geography layer to be deleted, click Remove.

3.7.2 Converting the Map File Format This section describes how to convert a map file in .wor or .tab format to .sxwu to improve the efficiency of importing map files.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context It takes a long time to import a map file in .wor or .tab format. If users on multiple clients attempt to import the same map file, the work efficiency is low. To solve this problem, the Nastar allows users to convert a map file in .wor or .tab format to .sxwu and import the file because the Nastar can quickly identify and import map files in .sxwu format and allows multiple users to share the map files in .sxwu format. This greatly improves the efficiency of importing map files. It is recommended to convert the map files by one person, and then share them to others.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Map Convert on the menu bar. Step 2 In the displayed Parameter Config dialog box, set the conversion parameter. l Maps Path, select a map file in .wor or .tab format. l Save Path, set the save path after format conversion. l Save Name, set the file name after format conversion. Step 3 Click OK. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

The Nastar starts importing the map file. If the size of the map file is large, the format conversion speed is low. It costs about 3 minutes to convert 1 MB map files. The file after format conversion is saved in a folder, which contains multiple files. In the folder, the File Name.sxwu file is used to import map data. ----End

3.7.3 Loading Site Information This section describes how to load the site information. You can load the engineering parameters to the GIS so that the site information of the network can be displayed in the GIS window.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to use the GIS.

l

The required engineering parameters are imported to the Nastar. For example, when you need to load the site information of the GSM network, you must have imported the engineering parameters of the GSM network.

Context When you open the client every time, you must load the site information again to view the site information in the GIS window.

Procedure Step 1 Click

on the toolbar. The Choose Geographic Sites dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Choose the network system from the drop-down list box. Step 3 Select the site whose information needs to be loaded from the group box at the bottom. Step 4 Click OK. After the site information is loaded, an icon is displayed in the GIS window. ----End

Follow-up Procedure l

Displaying or hiding the site icon. You can select or clear the check box before the Site layer navigation tree in the left pane of the GIS window.

l

Setting the display effect. Right-click Site Layer > The layer to be set on the navigation tree in the left pane of the GIS window, and then choose Sector Display from the shortcut menu to set the display effect of the sector, such as the size, dot, and color; choose Site Display from the shortcut menu to set the display effect of the site, such as the size, dot, and color.

l Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Deleting the site layer. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Click layer management icon Remove. l

3 Collecting Basic Data

on the toolbar, select the site layer to be deleted, click

Setting the opacity of the site layer. Click layer management icon Opacity.

on the toolbar, select the site layer to be deleted, set

3.7.4 Filtering Cells This section describes how to filter cells. You can filter cells based on the network system, specified engineering parameters, and specified areas to optimize only the specified cells. The filtered cells are geographically displayed in highlighted colors to be differentiated from other cells. In addition, the filtered cells can be saved as a cell group.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to use the GIS.

l

The engineering parameters are imported to the Nastar.

Context Before filtering cells, you must ensure that the engineering parameters are consistent with the configuration data.

Procedure Step 1 Draw polygons to define the areas to be filtered. on the toolbar.

1.

Click

2.

Click the GIS work platform to add points to the polygon one by one.

CAUTION The lines of a polygon must not intersect. Otherwise, certain selected areas may be missed out. If only one point of a line in the polygon is determined, the line is displayed as a broken blue line. It indicates that you are drawing this line. If two points of a line in the polygon are determined, the line is displayed as a solid blue line. It indicates that you have finished drawing this line. 3.

After the last point is added, right-click the work platform to exit the drawing of polygon. Then, open the Input dialog box.

4.

Set the name of the polygon.

5.

Click OK to complete the drawing of polygon. The polygon and the polygon name are displayed on the GIS window.

Step 2 Set filtering conditions to filter the cells in the specified area, with the specified network system and engineering parameter field. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

1.

Click

on the toolbar. The Search dialog box is displayed.

2.

Select the area to be filtered in Region.

3.

Select the network system in Network Technology.

4.

Set the fields of engineering parameters in the lower left corner of the dialog box. The Nastar supports the filtering through all engineering parameter fields. You can filter cells either through a certain field or two fields. The relation between the two fields can be set to And or Or.

Step 3 Click Search. The system starts to filter cells. The filtering results are displayed in the Search Result area. Step 4 Select or clear the check box in the Search Result area to determine whether to filter cells again. Step 5 Geographically display the filtered cells. Click Geographic(D). The cells selected in the Search Result area are highlighted in the GIS window. Step 6 Save the filtered cells as an NE group. 1.

Click Save As a NE Group(S) to open the Save as an NE group dialog box.

2.

Set NE Group Name and add the remarks.

3.

Click OK. The cells selected in the Search Result area are saved as an NE group. You can view the information about the NE group through the NE group management function.

----End

3.7.5 Searching Cells This section describes how to search cells. You can using the search function to locate the cell in the GIS window quickly.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to use the GIS.

l

The required engineering parameters are imported to the Nastar.

Procedure Step 1 In the GIS window, click

on the toolbar, or press Ctrl+F to open the Find window.

Step 2 Type the keyword in the Cell Name field. Step 3 Choose the technology in the Select the network field. Step 4 Click Find Next. Then, the system searches for the cells that the cell name contains the keyword. l The keyword is case insensitive. l The GIS window regards the searched cell in blue as a center. ----End Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3.7.6 Moving/Zooming In On/Zooming Out On/Refreshing/Fully Displaying a Map This section describes how to adjust a map. You can zoom in or zoom out on a map to change the map size, move a map, and display all the objects in the map window. In addition, you can restore the map window to the default status through the refreshing function.

Prerequisites Importing a map has been performed.

Procedure l

Zoom in and zoom out on the map. The Nastar enables you to zoom in and zoom out on the map by changing the position of the mouse pointer. 1.

2.

Click the corresponding icon on the tool bar to zoom in or zoom out on the map. – Click

, and then click the map, the map is zoom in.

– Click

, and then click the map, the map is zoom out.

Click the map. TIP

You can scroll the mouse wheel forward or backward to zoom in or zoom out on the map.

l

Move the map. When you move a map, the size of the map does not change.

l

1.

Click

on the toolbar.

2.

Move the mouse pointer on the map and drag the map to the required direction.

View the panoramic scene of a map. After you click

l

, the system displays all the objects in the map window.

Refresh a map. , the colors and connection lines of the site icons and sector icons that After you click are highlighted because of the network geographical application are cleared.

----End

3.7.7 Measuring Distance on the Map This section describes how to measure distance on the map. You can measure distance between two points on the map by using the distance measurement tool.

Prerequisites Importing a map has been performed. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Procedure Step 1 Click

on the toolbar.

Step 2 Click a point on the map and use it as the starting point for measuring the distance. Then, the starting point is fixed. Press and hold the left mouse button, and then move the mouse. When the mouse pointer moves away from the starting point, the system displays a solid black connection line between the starting point and the mouse pointer. In the status bar in the right pane of the window, the distance between two points is displayed in the Distance(km) area in real time. Step 3 Double-click or right-click the map to complete the distance measurement. ----End

3.7.8 Saving the Map Display Effect This section describes how to save the map display effect. You can export the display effect of overlapped layers in the map window as images in .png, .gif, or .jpg format.

Procedure Step 1 Click

on the toolbar. The Open dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the name, save path, and format of the file. Step 3 Click Save. ----End

3.8 Reference to the Basic Data Collection Interface This section describes the interface for collecting basic data on the Nastar and the relevant parameters. You can refer to this section when you import configuration data, engineering parameters, or maps.

3.8.1 Interface Description: GIS This section describes the GIS interface, that is Network Geographic Observation window. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of the areas on the interface. Figure 3-1 shows the GIS interface.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Figure 3-1 GIS interface

SN

Item

Description

(1)

Toolbar

Shows common GIS operation buttons.

(2)

Layer area

Allows users to perform operations on site layers or geographic layers, such as selecting, clearing, or deleting layers.

(3)

Main area

Shows cell relationships geographically. At the bottom of the main area, it synchronously displays the longitude and latitude of the location where the pointer stays and the distance between two points during distance measurement.

(4)

Parameter area

Displays engineering parameter information of selected cells.

3.8.2 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task This section describes the parameters related to data collection tasks. You can refer to the description when creating or modifying data collection tasks.

Parameter Description

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Parameter

Value Range

Description

Task Name

Value range: [1.64]

Indicates the name of a task.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Parameter

Value Range

Description

Task Type

-

Choose Task Type > Data Collection > Data Collection.

Execution Type

This parameter has two options: One-time and Periodic.

l One-time task: The system executes a task once only at the specified time.

Start time

-

Indicates the start time for a task.

DST

You can select or clear the check box next to the option.

Indicates whether to use daylight saving time (DST).

Run immediatel y

You can select or clear the check box next to the option.

If you select this option, Start time becomes unavailable and the task will be executed immediately after the setting.

Execution Interval

Value range: [1.527040]

Indicates the interval between periodic tasks. An interval has two dimensions: duration and unit.

Execution Times

Value range: [0,65535]

Indicates the number of times that a periodic task is executed.

l Periodic task: The system executes a task periodically at the preset time.

0 indicates that the execution times are not limited.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

End time

The value of this parameter must be later than Start time and earlier than 12/31/2038 23:59:59.

Indicates the end time for a periodic task.

OSS Name

Select a parameter value from the dropdown list box.

Indicates the name of an EMS.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

Parameter

Value Range

Description

Data Type

Select an option from the drop-down list box.

Indicates the type of the data that is collected from the EMS to the Nastar.

The options vary with the OSS version. For details, see the following description: the data types corresponding to the OSS of the M2000 V200R008, M2000 V200R009, M2000 V200R010 and M2000 V200R011, M2000V200R011C00 CP2302, M2000V200R011C01 CP2302, M2000V200R012 are Config Data, GSM Measure Task File for Neighbor Cell Data, GSM Frqlog Data, Performance Data, Any Data, and LTE CFG Data. Collect All NE

You can select or not select the option.

If you select this option, you can select all the NEs. When the NEs change, the system automatically updates the NEs every four hours.

Collect By NE Type

You can select or not select the option.

If you select this option, you can select the NEs by the NE type. When the NEs under the selected NE type change, the system automatically updates the NEs under the selected NE type every four hours. After you select this option, you can only select all NEs under an NE type but cannot select some NEs under an NE type.

Filter NE

-

Allows you to type keywords to filter NEs.

Specify the time range

You can select or not select the option.

Indicates whether to collect data during the specified time period.

Start Time

-

Indicates the start time of the data collection period.

End Time

-

Indicates the end time of the data collection period.

Related Tasks 3.2 Collecting Configuration Data 6.3.1 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3 Collecting Basic Data

3.9 How Do I Deal With the GIS Ineffectiveness? This section describes the cause of the problem that the GIS function is ineffective after you login in to the Nastar client.

Symptom When a user logs in to the Nastar client, the GIS tab page is not displayed. As a result, the GIS function cannot be used.

Cause If the original client is removed after the new client is configured, it will bring on the problem. The PC where the Nastar client is installed is not configured with the Microsoft .NET Framework.

Operation Procedure You can deal with it by the following methods. l

Download and install Microsoft .NET Framework v2.0 and a later version from the Internet.

l

Reinstall the Nastar client.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

About This Chapter This section describes how to enable data source switches by using the data source subscription function before performing various Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) theme analysis functions. After required data source switches are enabled, the Nastar can collect required data from network elements (NEs). This function is the prerequisite for all Nastar theme analysis functions. 4.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Data Source Subscription This section describes the functions and usage scenarios of Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) data source subscription. 4.2 Setting Data Source Switches (As an Administrator User) Before any Nastar theme analysis task is performed, the administrator user must enable data source switches in batches for all theme analysis functions on network elements (NEs) through the data source subscription function. This ensures that NEs can collect the required analysis data for the Nastar. 4.3 Querying the Data Source Switch Status on the Live Network (As a Common User) Before performing a theme analysis task on the Nastar, you must query the data source switch status on the live network to verify that all required data source switches are enabled. If a required data source switch is not enabled, it is recommended that common users apply to the administrator who can centrally enable the corresponding switch. 4.4 GUI Description: Subscribing to GSM Data Source The GUI related to subscribing to GSM data sources is composed of four tabs: Set Data Subscription, Query Network Data Subscription, VIP Signaling Tracing Setting, and VIP Signaling Tracing Status. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of the areas on the GUI.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

4.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Data Source Subscription This section describes the functions and usage scenarios of Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) data source subscription.

Description Data source subscription is used to enable various data source switches on network elements (NEs) for Nastar analysis. After data source switches are enabled, the Nastar can collect required data from the NEs. For details about the functions and usage scenarios of data source subscription, see Table 4-1. Table 4-1 Description of GSM data source subscription

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Theme

Required Data Source

Whether to Enable Data Source Subscriptio n

Function

GSM MR analysis

Performanc e data

No

-

GSM neighbo ring cell analysis

Performanc e data, neighboring cell measureme nt data

No

-

GSM frequenc y analysis

Performanc e data, neighboring cell measureme nt data

No

-

GSM uplink interfere nce analysis

Uplink interference data

No

-

GSM/ UMTS neighbo ring cell analysis

Performanc e data

No

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Theme

Required Data Source

Whether to Enable Data Source Subscriptio n

Function

GSM complai nt analysis support

Call history record (CHR) data

Yes

Used to enable the function of obtaining BSClevel CHR data and the function of requesting mobile stations (MSs) to report International Mobile Subscriber Identities (IMSIs).

MR data, CHR data

Yes

The following data will be subscribed to:

GSM VIP analysis GSM cell perform ance analysis GSM terminal inventor y analysis GSM network geograp hic analysis

l GSM MR network geographic data, used to enable the BSC-level or BTS-level MR measurement function. l GSM CHR network geographic data, used to enable the function of obtaining BSC-level CHR data and the function of MSs to report IMSIs.

Usage Scenario Data source subscription is a function with a high security level. The following two types of users have different permissions to perform this function: l

Administrators: An administrator user is authorized to query the status of data source switches and set data source switches.

l

Common users: A common user is authorized to query the status of data source switches and set data source switches (Common users can be assigned operation permissions to query the status of data source switches and set data source switches.). NOTE

You can assign Subscription Management rights to common users by choosingSecurity > Security Management. Then, common users are authorized to query and set the data source switch. If the status of the data sources in the live network does not meet the analysis requirements, it is recommended that common users apply to the administrator who can centrally enable the corresponding switch.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Figure 4-1 describes the usage scenarios for the two types of users performing data source subscription. Figure 4-1 Usage scenario

Table 4-2 Description of usage scenarios

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

User

Usage Scenari o

Description

Example

Admin istrator

Initial setting

An administrator user is authorized to collect Nastar usage information on the managed networks when the Nastar is initially used. In addition, the user is authorized to enable data source switches in batches for various theme analysis functions.

Managed networks: network A and network B

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Involved theme analysis function: VIP analysis Select all cells on networks A and B, and set the data source subscription switch to ON for the VIP analysis of all cells.

48

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

User

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Usage Scenari o

Description

Example

Routine maintena nce

Maintenance information can be obtained in either of the following methods:

-

l The administrator periodically queries the status of data source switches on the live network and compares the status with the historical status set on the Nastar. If a data source switch is set to ON on the Nastar but it is set to OFF on the live network, enable the data source subscription function again to set the data source switch to ON. l If a common user finds that the status of a data source switch on the live network does not meet analysis requirements, the administrator enables the data source subscription function again to enable the data source switch. Comm on user

Routine query

Common users can query whether the data source status on the live network meets analysis requirements before performing various theme analysis End to End (E2E) tasks. If the data source status does not meet analysis requirements, common users can request the administrator to enable the required data source switches.

A common user queries the data source status on network A. After querying, the user finds that the data source switch for VIP analysis in cell a is set to OFF, which does not meet analysis requirements. Therefore, the user requests the administrator to enable this switch. After receiving the application, the administrator sets the data source switch for VIP analysis in cell a to ON.

4.2 Setting Data Source Switches (As an Administrator User) Before any Nastar theme analysis task is performed, the administrator user must enable data source switches in batches for all theme analysis functions on network elements (NEs) through the data source subscription function. This ensures that NEs can collect the required analysis data for the Nastar.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client as an administrator user.

l

You are authorized to set data source switches.

l

The Operating Support System (OSS) and NEs related to analysis tasks are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

The configuration data has been imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

Context Before setting data source switches, the administrator must learn about NE information and Nastar usage information of the managed networks to enable data source switches in batches for theme analysis functions.

Procedure Step 1 In the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window, double-click System Function > Subscription Management. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Subscription Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Subscription Management window is displayed.

Step 2 In the Subscription Management window, click a network system tab. Step 3 In the NE navigation tree, select NEs to be set. On the Set Data Subscription tab page, the status of the selected NEs in the Nastar database is displayed synchronously. During initial setting, the status of all data source switches is OFF or Unsupported. Step 4 On the Set Data Subscription tab page, click Set. The Set Performance Subscription dialog box is displayed. Step 5 Set all data source subscription switches for theme analysis functions to ON. A data source subscription switch can be in one of the following states: l ON: indicates that the data source switch for a theme analysis function on the selected NE is enabled. l OFF: indicates that the data source switch for a theme analysis function on the selected NE is disabled. This value is not recommended. l No Modification: The status of a data source switch on an NE is not modified on the Nastar. This is the default value. NOTE

The same type of data source can be shared by some theme analysis functions. For example, call history record (CHR) data is required for the complaint analysis support function, very important person (VIP) analysis function, and cell performance analysis function. Therefore, the status of data source switches for these theme analysis functions must be the same. For details, see the description below the Set Performance Subscription dialog box.

Step 6 Optional: Set the VIP signaling tracing switch. NOTE

This step applies only to GSM subscription and UMTS subscription.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

1.

On the VIP Signaling Tracing Setting tab, click ON. The VIP Switch Setting dialog box is displayed.

2.

In the VIP group user navigation tree, select VIP users to set. You can hold down shift to select VIP subscribers. Right-click and choose Select from the shortcut menu to select the highlighted VIP subscribers. You can also select Select None from the shortcut menu to clear the selected VIP subscribers.

3.

In the NE object navigation tree, select NEs to set.

Step 7 Click Confirm. The Nastar delivers MML commands to request NEs to enable the required data source switches. The operation process information is displayed in the Operation Information area. ----End

Follow-up Procedure After the required data sources are subscribed to, click Refresh. The data source subscription status on NEs in the Nastar database is refreshed.

4.3 Querying the Data Source Switch Status on the Live Network (As a Common User) Before performing a theme analysis task on the Nastar, you must query the data source switch status on the live network to verify that all required data source switches are enabled. If a required data source switch is not enabled, it is recommended that common users apply to the administrator who can centrally enable the corresponding switch.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to query the data source switch status and set the switch status.

l

The Operating Support System (OSS) and network elements (NEs) related to analysis tasks are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

The configuration data has been imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

Procedure Step 1 In the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window, double-click System Function > Subscription Management. Step 2 In the Subscription Management window, click a network system tab. Step 3 In the NE navigation tree, select NEs to be queried. Step 4 Click the Query Network Data Subscription tab on the right. Step 5 Click Query. After the query, the data source switch status of NEs on the live network is displayed in a table in the lower right area. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Table 4-3 describes the status of data source switches. Table 4-3 Description of data source switch status on the live network Icon

Status

Description

ON

Indicates that a data source switch is enabled on an NE and the status meets the Nastar analysis requirements.

OFF

Indicates that a data source switch is disabled on an NE and the status does not meet the Nastar analysis requirements.

Unkno wn

Indicates that the status of a data source switch on an NE is unknown. That is, the Nastar cannot determine the status of the data source switch. The possible causes are as follows: l The Nastar does not communicate with the M2000/operation and maintenance center (OMC) properly. l The M2000/OMC does not communicate with the NE properly. l The NE is not in the normal operating state, for example, the NE is being upgraded or powered off.

Unsup ported

Indicates that the Nastar does not allow users to query the status of a data source switch on an NE. For example: An NE is a base station controller. A data source switch on the live network can only be enabled for cells. In this case, the data source switches on this NE are in the Unsupported state.

All required data source switches must be set to ON for the normal execution of analysis tasks. If a required data source switch is set to OFF, request the administrator to enable this switch. NOTE

l It usually takes about 2 seconds to query the data source switch status on an NE. If you query the data source switch status on multiple NEs, it may take some time. l You can click Cancel to cancel the query.

----End

4.4 GUI Description: Subscribing to GSM Data Source The GUI related to subscribing to GSM data sources is composed of four tabs: Set Data Subscription, Query Network Data Subscription, VIP Signaling Tracing Setting, and VIP Signaling Tracing Status. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of the areas on the GUI.

Switch Settings This tab sets the switch of the GSM data source. For details, see Figure 4-2.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Figure 4-2 Switch setting interface

SN

Item

Description

(1)

NE navigation tree

You can select NEs to set in the NE navigation tree.

(2)

Button area

By clicking Set, you can set the subscription status of the data source for each theme analysis. By clicking Refresh, you can refresh the subscription status of the data source for each theme analysis. You can set three subscription states: ON, OFF, and No Modification. For details, see 4.2 Setting Data Source Switches (As an Administrator User).

(3)

NE list area

The NE settings for each theme analysis are displayed in a list. TIP You can select multiple records by holding down Ctrl.

(4)

Operation information list area

In this area, you can view the setting of the data source switch.

(5)

Area for displaying data source status icons

Icons show the switch status of the data source. For details, see Table 4-4.

Switch Status on the Current Network This tab displays the switch status of the GSM data source on the current network. For details, see Figure 4-3.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

Figure 4-3 Switch status on the current network

SN

Item

Description

(1)

NE navigation tree

You can select NEs to query in the NE navigation tree. NOTE If you have selected NEs in Set Data Subscription, you do not need to select the NEs again in the NE navigation tree.

(2)

Button area

By clicking Query, you can query the data source switch status of each NE on the live network.

(3)

NE list area

The data source switch status of each NE on the live network is displayed in a list. TIP You can select multiple records by holding down Ctrl.

(4)

Operation information list

This area displays the result of querying the data source switch.

(5)

Area for displaying data source status icons

Icons show the switch status of the data source. For details, see Table 4-4.

Settings of VIP Signaling Tracing Switch This tab sets the VIP signaling tracing switch. For details, see Figure 4-4. Figure 4-4 Settings of VIP signaling tracing switch

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

SN

Item

Description

(1)

NE navigation tree

You can select NEs to set VIP signaling tracing in the NE navigation tree. NOTE Because you select NEs in area (2) and the system takes the selection in area (2) in priority, you need not select NEs in this area.

(2)

Button area

By clicking ON, select VIP subscribers and NEs to set VIP signaling tracing. After you click Confirm, the system enables the VIP signaling tracing switch for selected NEs. After you click OFF, the system disables the VIP signaling tracing switch for selected NEs.

(3)

VIP signaling tracing NE list area

The basic information about NEs for which you have set VIP signaling tracing is displayed in a list. TIP You can select multiple records by holding down Ctrl.

(4)

Operation information list area

This area displays the result of enabling or disabling VIP signaling tracing for NEs.

(5)

Area for displaying data source status icons

Icons show the switch status of the data source. For details, see Table 4-4.

VIP Signaling Tracing Switch Status on the Current Network This tab displays the VIP signaling tracing switch status of NEs on the current network. For details, see Figure 4-5. Figure 4-5 VIP signaling tracing switch status on the current network

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4 Subscribing to GSM Data Sources

SN

Item

Description

(1)

NE navigation tree

You can select NEs to query in the NE navigation tree. NOTE If you have selected NEs in VIP Signaling Tracing Setting, you do not need to select the NEs again in the NE navigation tree.

(2)

Button area

By clicking Query, you can query the VIP signaling tracing switch status of each NE on the current network.

(3)

VIP signaling tracing NE list area

The data source switch status of NEs for which you have set VIP signaling tracing on the live network is displayed in a list. TIP You can select multiple records by holding down Ctrl.

(4)

Operation information list area

This area displays the result of querying the data source switch.

(5)

Area for displaying data source status icons

Icons show the switch status of the data source. For details, see Table 4-4.

Table 4-4 Data source switch status Icon

State

Description

ON

The data source switch of an NE on the current network is set to ON for analysis by the Nastar.

OFF

The data source switch of an NE on the current network is set to OFF. Therefore, the Nastar cannot perform analysis.

Unkno wn

The data source switch of an NE on the current network is unknown. The Nastar cannot detect the data source status of the NE. The possible causes are as follows: l The communication between the Nastar and the M2000/OMC is abnormal. l The communication between the M2000/OMC and NEs is abnormal. l NEs are not in normal running status. For example, NEs are being upgraded or have been shut down.

Unsup ported

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

The Nastar does not display the data source switch status of an NE on the current network. For example, if an NE is of the base station controller (BSC) level but the data source switch on the current network supports only objects at the cell level, the data source switch status of the NE is displayed as Unsupported.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

5

5 Appendix: MML Command Reference

Appendix: MML Command Reference

This section describes the MML commands involved when the Nastar implements the GSM data source subscription function or delivers E2E tasks. For details about the MML commands, see the Nastar Data Source Subscription MML Command List Overview of GSM.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

6

GSM MR Analysis

About This Chapter The GSM MR analysis function enables you to obtain GSM measurement report (MR) analysis data, create GSM MR analysis tasks, query GSM MR analysis results, and export GSM MR analysis reports from the Nastar. Through this function, the Nastar directly displays radio link information and provides analysis of and suggestions on wireless network problems for quickly locating problems. 6.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM MR Analysis This section provides the basic knowledge of GSM measurement report (MR) analysis, such as the MR analysis function, TopN counters, and MR theme analysis types. The basic knowledge helps you perform GSM MR analysis. 6.2 Process of GSM MR Analysis This section describes the process of GSM measurement report (MR) analysis. 6.3 Obtaining GSM MR Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM measurement report (MR) analysis data. You can create a neighboring cell measurement data E2E task to turn on some performance counters switch, create a collection task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database. 6.4 Creating GSM MR Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM MR analysis tasks. After you create a GSM MR analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM performance data, GSM configuration data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the status of the entire radio network so that problems can be located and solved efficiently. 6.5 Querying GSM MR Overview Analysis Results This section describes how to query the GSM measurement report (MR) overview report. An MR report includes the following information about a measurement cell: uplink and downlink levels, uplink and downlink quality, timing advance (TA), and link balance. You can learn the TRX and cell coverage, radio link quality, and subscriber distribution directly from the information in the analysis results. A GSM MR overview report consists of GSM BSC analysis results, GSM cell group analysis results, TopN TRX analysis results, and GSM MR theme analysis results. 6.6 Querying GSM MR Results Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

This section describes how to query GSM measurement report (MR) results. Through this function, you can query the detailed information about TopN TRXs and TRXs that meet the filter conditions of the cell where multiple TopN TRXs or TRXs that meet the filter conditions exist. 6.7 Comparing GSM MR Analysis Results This section describes how to compare the GSM Measurement Report (MR) analysis results. After the network is optimized or the equipment is upgraded, you can compare two GSM MR analysis results generated in two time segments to check the differences between the values of the same counters in two time segments. This function helps you learn about the detailed network performance differences in two time segments and quickly evaluate the network optimization effect. 6.8 Exporting GSM MR Overview Reports This section describes how to export GSM MR overview reports. You can export GSM MR overview analysis results as .csv files. 6.9 Technical Specifications for GSM MR Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM MR analysis. 6.10 Reference for the GSM MR Analysis GUI This section describes the interface for GSM MR analysis and the relevant parameters. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with GSM MR analysis functions.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

6.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM MR Analysis This section provides the basic knowledge of GSM measurement report (MR) analysis, such as the MR analysis function, TopN counters, and MR theme analysis types. The basic knowledge helps you perform GSM MR analysis.

6.1.1 GSM MR Analysis This section describes the GSM MR analysis function. A GSM measurement report (MR) includes the following information about the measurement cell: uplink level, downlink level, uplink quality, downlink quality, timing advance (TA) distribution, and link balance information. The information in MRs helps you learn the coverage, quality, and user distribution of TRXs and cells. In addition, the Nastar processes the required information and displays radio link information directly, helping you solve network problems.

MR Overview Analysis Results The MR overview analysis results include the overview information about the radio network performance, the distribution of TopN TRXs and TRXs that meet the filter conditions of each BSC and cell group, the TopN TRXs for which the value of each radio link counter is the lowest, and the classification of the TRXs that meet the filter conditions based on theme analysis. NOTE

TopN TRXs indicate the N TRXs (currently, the default value of TopN is 99) with the poorest performance indicated by a selected radio link counter.

You can view the daily MR overview analysis results to learn about the information about the TRXs that meet the filter conditions of each BSC, each cell group, and the entire network. You can also check for other problem in the cell where a TRX that meet the filter conditions or TopN TRXs are located and analyze these TRXs that meet the filter conditions. The problem analysis themes are as follows: l

Weak coverage analysis. TRXs with a low TA value, a low level, and poor signal quality are listed.

l

Interfered cells. Cells with a high level and poor quality are listed.

l

Over coverage analysis. You can compare the TA values and the number of MRs to analyze the traffic distribution and to check whether the cell is an over coverage cell.

l

Unbalanced uplink and downlink. The cells in which the uplink and downlink levels are greatly unbalanced.

l

Other problems. Problems on the network, such as a few of generated MRs, no traffic, and low traffic, are listed.

The analysis results can be displayed in a table or a bar chart to provide the radio link quality, level, traffic distance distribution, and link balance. Analysis of the problems and suggestions are provided to help you quickly analyze and locate the quality problems that occur on the wireless network.

MR Query During network performance analysis and optimization, when problem cells (such as a cell whose call drop rate is high or number of handover failures is large) are found, you can query Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

the MR information about these cells and the radio links of the TRXs in the cells through the Nastar. You can set the time and cell objects before the query. The MR information about these cells is displayed in the result window. In addition, you can enable the Nastar to further query the TRX information. Through the comparison and query of different TRXs in cells, you can locate more complicated network problems effectively. The query results are displayed in a table or a bar chart to provide the radio link quality and subscriber distribution of each TRX.

MR Comparison Analysis After network upgrade and optimization such as the adjustment of antennas and modification of parameter settings, you can compare the quality and coverage of the entire network, BSCs, cell groups, or cells with the quality and coverage obtained before the network upgrade and optimization, or you can compare the quality and coverage of different time segments during network upgrade and optimization. The comparison analysis results are displayed in a table or a bar chart.

6.1.2 TopN KPIs This section describes TopN KPIs related to the performance analysis. The KPIs include average quality of the received signals at uplink and downlink, average levels received at uplink and downlink, timing advance (TA) average distribution, and uplink and downlink balance.

Received Signal Quality The quality of received signals is divided into seven classes from 1 to 7 according to the bit error rate. Each class corresponds to different bit error rates. Higher class indicates poorer quality of received signals. Class 1 indicates the minimum bit error rate and the best quality of received signals. Class 7 indicates the maximum bit error rate and the poorest quality of received signals. Table 6-1 describes the relation between the quality classes of received signals and the bit error rate. Table 6-1 Relation between the quality classes of the received signals and bit error rate

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Quality Class of Received Signals

Bit Error Rate (%)

1

[0.2, 0.4)

2

[0.4, 0.8)

3

[0.8, 1.6)

4

[1.6, 3.2)

5

[3.2, 6.4)

6

[6.4, 12.8) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Quality Class of Received Signals

Bit Error Rate (%)

7

≥ 12.8

6 GSM MR Analysis

Received Level The received signal level is divided into seven classes according to level values. Each class corresponds to different ranges of received levels. Class 1 indicates the lowest received level and class 7 indicates the highest received level. Table 6-2 describes the relation between the received levels and the seven classes. Table 6-2 Relation between the received levels and the seven classes Class of Received Level

Received Level (dBm)

1

(-100, -95]

2

(-95, -90]

3

(-90, -85]

4

(-85, -80]

5

(-80, -75]

6

(-75, -70]

7

> -70

TA(Timing Advance) Timing advance (TA) is a counter used to describe the distance with time and is used for coverage analysis. The header of a measurement report (MR) sent from a mobile station (MS) to a BTS carries the delay measured by the MS. After obtaining the delay, the BTS monitors the time when a call reaches and sends an instruction to the MS on a downlink channel every 480 ms to specify the advanced sending time for the MS. This time is termed TA, ranging from 0 to 63. The MRs usually contain TA values ranging from 0 to 10. The MRs contain TA values higher than 10 are incremented by certain TA ranges. In a TA distribution chart generated on the basis of GSM MR analysis results, each bar chart shows the percentage of the number of MRs within a TA range to the total number of MRs.

Uplink and Downlink Balance The MR received by the BSC contains the uplink receive level and downlink receive level. The result (in dB), which is obtained by subtracting the uplink receive level and the sensitivity difference between the MS and the BTS from the downlink receive level, is divided into 11 Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

classes from 1 to 11. Table 6-3 describes the relations between classes and values of the Uplink and Downlink Balance Level counter. Table 6-3 Description of link balance classes Uplink and Downlink Balance Class

Downlink Receive Level- Uplink Receive Level- 6 (dB)

1

≤ -15

2

-14, -13, -12, -11

3

-10, -9, -8

4

-7, -6, -5

5

-4, -3, -2

6

-1, 0, 1

7

2, 3, 4

8

5, 6, 7

9

8, 9, 10

10

11, 12, 13, 14

11

≥ 15

NOTE

The number 6 in the formula "Downlink receive level - Uplink receive level - 6 (dB)" refers to the sensitivity difference between the MS and the BTS.

If the statistical result indicates that the uplink and downlink are mostly in balance class 1, the downlink loss is excessively high or the downlink transmit power is excessively low. If the statistical result indicates that the uplink and downlink are mostly in balance class 11, the uplink loss is excessively high or the uplink transmit power is excessively low. According to the statistical result, you can locate the faults that may occur on the transmit and receive channels, such as the TRX or antenna feeder.

6.1.3 GSM MR Theme Analysis This section describes the themes involved in the GSM MR theme analysis, such as uplink interference, downlink interference, uplink weak coverage, downlink weak coverage, TRX weak coverage, over coverage, link balance (uplink problem), link balance (downlink problem), and other problems. This section also provides the solutions to these problems. The MR theme analysis is classified into nine types based on themes. The system provides different operation suggestions for each type of MR theme analysis. For details, see Table 6-4.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Table 6-4 Themes and operation suggestions Theme

Description

Suggestion

Uplink interferen ce

The uplink interference results in high level and poor quality.

Change the ARFCN and check whether radio interference sources exist in the coverage area. After the ARFCN is changed, enable the uplink interference analysis function to analyze the interference according to the uplink frequency distribution that is measured by TRXs.

Downlink interferen ce

The downlink interference results in high level and poor quality.

Change the ARFCN and check whether radio interference sources exist in the coverage area. After the ARFCN is changed, use an MS to search for frequencies within the cell coverage area where the TRX is transmitted, and view the downlink frequency status.

Uplink weak coverage

The signal loss on the uplink of the TRX is large.

Check the cables connecting the combiner and the TRX, and cable connections in the antenna system. Ensure that the cable connections are proper and secure, and then locate the fault by changing the cable ports, combiner, or TRX.

Downlink weak coverage

The signal loss on the downlink of the TRX is large.

Move an MS to a place near the TRX to measure the actual power of the TRX. Check whether the downlink level of the TRX is low. If the downlink level of the TRX is low, check the cable connections between the combiner and the TRX, and cable connections in the antenna system. Then, check the level at the TRX entry and output entry of the combiner by using the power meter to locate the fault.

TRX weak coverage

l The signal loss on the uplink and downlink of the TRX is large.

l Check the cables connecting the combiner and the TRX, and cable connections in the antenna system. Ensure that the cable connections are proper and secure, and then locate the fault by changing the cable ports, combiner, or TRX.

l The TRX coverage is remote, which causes poor uplink quality.

Over coverage

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

l The TRX coverage is remote, which causes poor downlink quality.

l Check whether the actual azimuth of the antenna is the same as the antenna azimuth in design. If the antenna is omni-directional, check whether the coverage is large.

l The TRX has the over coverage problem.

l Check whether there are missing neighboring cells and cells whose coverage is remote.

l The TRX coverage is remote, which causes poor uplink or downlink quality.

l Check whether the actual azimuth of the antenna is the same as the antenna azimuth in design. If the antenna is omni-directional, check whether the coverage is large.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Theme

Description

Suggestion

Link balance (uplink problem)

l Uplink and downlink levels are unbalanced, and the downlink level is higher than the uplink level.

l Check whether the coverage complies with the planning and whether the output power of the TRX and CDU is normal. You can adjust the uplink receive threshold and the grade of the downlink static power to balance uplink and downlink levels.

l The great signal loss on the uplink of the TRX results in low BTS receive level and poor quality. Link balance (downlink problem)

l Uplink and downlink levels are unbalanced, and the uplink level is higher than the downlink level. l The great signal loss on the downlink of the TRX results in low MS receive level and poor quality.

Other problems

l The performance of the receive level of the TRX is abnormal. l The number of MRs is small.

l Check the cables connecting the combiner and the TRX, and cable connections in the antenna system. Ensure that the cable connections are proper and secure, and then locate the fault by changing the cable ports, combiner, and TRX. l Check whether the coverage complies with the planning and whether the output power of the TRX and CDU is normal. You can adjust the uplink receive threshold and the level of the downlink static power to balance uplink and downlink levels. l Move an MS to a place near the TRX to check whether the downlink level of the TRX is low. If the downlink level of the TRX is low, check the cables connecting the combiner and the TRX and cable connections in the antenna system and check the level at the TRX entry and output entry of the combiner by using the power meter to locate the fault. Check whether the hardware or software of the TRX is faulty and whether only a few MRs are reported, and analyze the reason for the generation of a small number of MRs.

6.2 Process of GSM MR Analysis This section describes the process of GSM measurement report (MR) analysis. Figure 6-1 shows the process of GSM MR analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Figure 6-1 Process of GSM MR analysis

Table 6-5 describes each procedure shown in Figure 6-1. Table 6-5 Process of GSM MR analysis

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

No.

Procedure

Description

2

Create a GSM performance data collection task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM performance data collection task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically obtains the GSM performance data from the M2000 and then saves the data in files on the Nastar server.

3

Create a GSM performance data import task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window, and then create a GSM performance data import task. After the tasks are created, the Nastar periodically imports the GSM performance data saved on the Nastar server into the database.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

No.

Procedure

Description

4

Check the integrity of GSM MR analysis data

You can double-click System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client to open the Query Data dialog box and then check that all the required GSM MR analysis data is imported into the database.

5

Create a GSM MR analysis task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create a GSM MR analysis task. After the task is created, the Nastar retrieves the GSM performance data and GSM configuration data periodically from the database, analyzes the retrieved data, and then generates analysis results.

6

l Query GSM MR overview analysis results

You can view the analysis results of the GSM MR analysis tasks that are successfully performed and compare the results generated in different time segments.

l Query GSM MR analysis results l Compare GSM MR analysis results 7

Export GSM MR overview analysis reports

You can enable the Nastar client to export GSM MR analysis results as report files.

6.3 Obtaining GSM MR Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM measurement report (MR) analysis data. You can create a neighboring cell measurement data E2E task to turn on some performance counters switch, create a collection task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Context NOTE

You can create a GSM neighboring cell measurement data E2E task to enable the following performance counters on the M2000 client: l

Number of MRs per Cell

l

Neighbor Cell Level Measurement per Cell

l

GSM Cell to GSM Cell Outgoing Handover Measurement

l

Uplink-and-Downlink Balance Measurement per TRX

l

Number of MRs based on TA per TRX

l

TCHF Receive Level Measurement per TRX

l

TCHH Receive Level Measurement per TRX

If the preceding performance counters are already enabled, you do not need to create a GSM neighboring cell measurement data E2E task.

6.3.1 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task After you create a GSM performance data collection task on the Nastar, the Nastar periodically collects NE performance data on the M2000 and saves the data in a specified path for future GSM MR analysis.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

A GSM performance data collection task is a user-defined timing task.

l

A GSM performance data collection task can be executed only once or periodically. The options of the execution period are Minute, Hour, Day, Week, and Month.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click Create. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

Choose Task Type > Data Collection from the navigation tree and double-click Data Collection. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Task Type is set to Data Collection by default.

Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the task.

2.

Select Data Collection > Data Collection in Task Type.

3.

Click Once or Period in the Run Type pane.

Step 4 Click Next. 1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click

and select the start time of the task in the displayed Time Setting dialog box.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

NOTE

l Start Time must be later than the current time of the server. l If Run Type of the task is set to Once, the Start Time parameter is unavailable after you select the Run At Once check box. This task is executed immediately after it is created.

2.

Perform corresponding operations according to the task running type, which is once or periodical. If You Need to...

Then...

The value of Run Type is Once

Perform Step 5.

The value of Run Type is Period

a. In the Period Setting field, set a task execution period. NOTE You can be advised to set half an hour or one hour as a task execution period for collecting performance data.

b. Perform Step 5.

Step 5 Click Next. In the Basic Information field and the Task Parameter field, set relevant parameters. 1.

From the OSS drop-down list, select the name of the OSS that manages the NE to be analyzed.

2.

Select Performance data from the Data Type drop-down list box.

3.

Set the parameters in the Task Parameter field. If You Need to...

Then...

The OSS selected from the OSS drop-down list takes M2000V200R008, M2000V200R009, M2000V200R010, M2000V200R011, M2000V200R011C00CP2302, M2000V200R011C01CP2302, or M2000V200R012 as the OSS data interface type.

l Sort the objects in the navigation tree by OSS or subnet. Then, select one or more NEs. The related data of the NEs in the selected OSS systems or subnets are periodically collected to a certain directory of the Nastar. l Select Specify the time range and set Start time and End time to collect related data from the M2000 side periodically or once within the specified time period. Then, save the data under a specified directory of the Nastar.

Step 6 Click Finish. The new data collection task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Related References 3.8.2 Parameters for Creating or Modifying a Data Collection Task

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

6.3.2 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 6-6 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks. Table 6-6 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 6-6.

3.

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click

. In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time.

You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

6.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 6-7 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types. Table 6-7 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 6-7. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

6.4 Creating GSM MR Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM MR analysis tasks. After you create a GSM MR analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM performance data, GSM configuration data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the status of the entire radio network so that problems can be located and solved efficiently.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 6.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed once or periodically. A periodic task is performed by days, or weeks.

l

A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 On the Set parameters tab page, set the parameters related to the abnormal TRXs for the GSM MR analysis task. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set the execution time for the task. If...

Then...

Task Type is set to One-time

Go to the next step to set the time range,the start time of the task and busy hour range.

Task Type is set to Period

Set Set Periodic Task, Set Busy Hour for Periodic Task.

Step 8 Set the time range and the start time of the task. The existing data is displayed in table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. In a data table, blue cells indicate that theme data at the current time is normal, yellow cells indicate that configuration data at the current time is normal, and green cells indicate that both theme data and configuration data at the current time is normal. The method for specifying the time range varies according to the selected analysis object. If...

Then...

NE is selected

1. Set the time range in either of the following methods: l Method 1: Set Time Range according to the existing data status displayed on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Method 2: Specify the analysis time range by pressing and dragging the mouse in the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. The time in Time Range will automatically refresh to the specified time. NOTE l If no theme data is available in the specified time range, and if no configuration data is available before the end time for an analysis task, the task will fail. l Press and hold the mouse to specify the continuous period in a line of the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Press and hold Ctrl+Shift to select multiple lines of data for analysis.

2. Set Execution Delay. NE Group is selected

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Set Time Range and Execution Delay.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Step 9 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 6.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM MR Analysis Tasks

6.5 Querying GSM MR Overview Analysis Results This section describes how to query the GSM measurement report (MR) overview report. An MR report includes the following information about a measurement cell: uplink and downlink levels, uplink and downlink quality, timing advance (TA), and link balance. You can learn the TRX and cell coverage, radio link quality, and subscriber distribution directly from the information in the analysis results. A GSM MR overview report consists of GSM BSC analysis results, GSM cell group analysis results, TopN TRX analysis results, and GSM MR theme analysis results.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Follow-up Procedure NOTE

When you check a theme analysis result in the GSM MR Analysis Task, GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task, GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task, GSM Frequency Analysis Task, or GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task, the Nastar can enable you to navigate to the analysis results of different tasks if other themes have analysis results of specified cells and time segments. Right-click a cell and choose Jump To > GSM *** Analysis Task from the shortcut menu to view the analysis results ( *** indicates the five analysis tasks).

6.5.1 Querying GSM BSC Analysis Results This function describes how to query GSM BSC analysis results. Based on each radio link counter, you can query the number of TopN TRXs, number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions and average value of each radio link counter of a BSC to be analyzed. In addition, you can query the average value of each radio link counter of each TopN TRX and TRX that meet the filter condition.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM MR analysis task reaches 100%.

l

During the creation of the GSM MR analysis task, BSC is selected on the Ne Selection tab page. For details, see 6.4 Creating GSM MR Analysis Tasks.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Theme Function > GSM MR Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created MR analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result, or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Task from the shortcut menu. The GSM MR Overview Report window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 In the GSM MR Overview Report window, query BSC overview results. l You can perform the following operations to query the number of TopN TRXs, number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions and average value of each radio link counter of each BSC. 1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click the BSC Overview Report node in the navigation tree in the GSM MR Overview Report window. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2.

6 GSM MR Analysis

In Area (3), query the number of TopN TRXs and number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions of each BSC. In Area (3), the columns from TRX Count for Average Uplink Receive Quality to TRX Count for Uplink Interference display the number of TopN TRXs;the seven columns that follow TRX Count for Uplink Interference display the number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions.. In Area (4), query the average value of each radio link counter of each BSC. In Areas (3) and (4), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. In Area (5), view the information selected in Areas (3) and (4) in a bar chart. You can double-click the chart to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. In Area (5), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. For details about the area division, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis.

l You can perform the following operations to query the average value of each radio link counter of each TopN TRX and each TRX that meet the filter condition.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

1.

In the GSM MR Overview Report window, click the BSC Overview Report node in the navigation tree, and then select a counter node.

2.

Perform appropriate operations as required. If...

Then...

Compared with the measurement result of the last period, the number of TopN TRXs or the number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions for a counter increases.

An UP arrow is displayed next to the corresponding counter name in Area (2) and the number of increased TopN TRXs or TRXs that meet the filter conditions is displayed. The information about the increased TopN TRXs is displayed in Area (3) and highlighted in yellow.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

If...

Then...

A counter node is selected

a. Select the information about a TopN TRX in Area (3). Area (3) displays the information about the TopN TRXs that meet the condition of the counter. b. In Area (4), query the average value of each radio link counter of all TRXs in the cell where the TopN TRX selected in Area (3) is located in the first line; then, query the average value of each radio link counter of each TRX in the cell where the selected TopN TRX is located in other lines. In Area (5), view the information selected in Areas (3) and (4) in a bar chart. l In Area (5), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. l You can double-click the bar chart in Area (5) to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size.

In Areas (3) and (4), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. For details about the area division, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can right-click in Areas (3) and (4) and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 6.10.4 Parameters for Querying GBSC Reports

6.5.2 Querying GSM Cell Group Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM cell group analysis results. Based on each radio link counter, you can query the number of TopN TRXs, number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions and average value of each radio link counter in the cell groups to be analyzed. In addition, you can query the average value of each radio link counter of each TopN TRX and TRX that meet the filter condition.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM MR analysis task reaches 100%.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

l

6 GSM MR Analysis

During the creation of the GSM MR analysis task, Cell Group is selected on the Ne Selection tab page. For details, see 6.4 Creating GSM MR Analysis Tasks.

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM MR Analysis Task node in the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created MR analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result, or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Task from the shortcut menu. The GSM MR Overview Report window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 View the cell group report in the GSM MR Overview Report window. l You can perform the following operations to query the number of TopN TRXs, number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions and average value of each radio link counter in each cell group. 1.

Click the Cell Group Overview Report node in the navigation tree in the GSM MR Overview Report window.

2.

In Area (3), query the number of TopN TRXs and number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions in each cell group. In Area (3), the columns from TRX Count for Average Uplink Receive Quality to TRX Count for Uplink Interference display the number of TopN TRXs; the seven columns that follow TRX Count for Uplink Interference display the number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions. In Area (4), query the average value of each radio link counter in each cell group. In Areas (3) and (4), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. In Area (5), view the information selected in Areas (3) and (4) in a bar chart. You can double-click the chart to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. In Area (5), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. For details about the area division, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis.

l You can perform the following operations to query the average value of each radio link counter of each TopN TRX and TRX that meet the filter condition. 1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

In the GSM MR Overview Report window, click the Cell Group Overview Report node in the navigation tree, and then select a counter node. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

The name of a counter node consists of the name of a radio link counter and the number of TopN TRXs. 2.

Perform appropriate operations as required. If...

Then...

Compared with the measurement result of the last period, the number of TopN TRXs or the number of TRXs that meet the filter conditions for a counter increases.

An UP arrow is displayed next to the corresponding counter name in Area (2) and the number of increased TopN TRXs or TRXs that meet the filter conditions is displayed.

A counter node is selected

a. Select the information about a TopN TRX in Area (3). Area (3) displays the information about the TopN TRXs that meet the condition of the counter.

The information about the increased TopN TRXs is displayed in Area (3) and highlighted in yellow.

b. In Area (4), query the average value of each radio link counter of all TRXs in the cell where the TopN TRX selected in Area (3) is located in the first line; then, query the average value of each radio link counter of each TRX in the cell where the selected TopN TRX is located in other lines. In Area (5), view the information selected in Areas (3) and (4) in a bar chart. l In Area (5), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. l You can double-click the bar chart in Area (5) to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size.

In Areas (3) and (4), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. For details about the area division, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis. For details about the parameters, see 6.10.5 Parameters for Querying the GSM Cell Group Reports. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can right-click in Areas (3) and (4) and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 6.10.5 Parameters for Querying the GSM Cell Group Reports Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

6.5.3 Querying GSM TopN TRX Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM TopN TRXs. You can query the information about TopN TRXs (currently, N equals to 10) with the poorest performance indicated by a selected radio link counter.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM measurement report (MR) analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM MR Analysis Task node in the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created MR analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result, or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Task from the shortcut menu. The GSM MR Overview Report window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Click a counter node under the TopN node in the navigation tree in the GSM MR Overview Report window, and then query the analysis results of TopN TRXs. l The information about the selected N TRXs with poorest performance is displayed in Area (3). N indicates the value of TopN that is set on the Parameter Settings tab during creation of a GSM MR analysis task. If TopN is set to 20, the information about the selected 20 TRXs with poorest performance is displayed. In Areas (3) and (4), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. You can select the information about one TopN TRX in Area (3). Then, in Area (4), you can query the average value of each radio link counter of all TRXs in the cell where the TopN TRX selected in Area (3) is located in the first line and query the average value of each radio link counter of each TRX in the cell where the TopN TRX is located in other lines. In addition, you can query the information selected in Areas (3) and (4) in the bar chart in Area (5). l You can double-click the bar chart in Area (5) to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. In Area (5), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. l For details about the area division, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

l For details about parameters, see 6.10.6 Parameters for Querying the GSM TopN TRX Reports. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can right-click in Areas (3) and (4) and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 6.10.6 Parameters for Querying the GSM TopN TRX Reports

6.5.4 Querying GSM MR Filter Condition Analysis Reports This section describes how to query the analysis reports of the GSM MR filter condition analysis. You can query the information about all TRXs that meet the conditions of an MR filter condition.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM MR analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM MR Analysis Task node from the navigation tree in the Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created MR analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result, or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Task from the shortcut menu. The GSM MR Overview Report window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Click a theme node under the Filter Condition node in the navigation tree in the GSM MR Overview Report window, and then query the theme analysis results. l Area (3) displays the information about all TRXs that meet the filter conditions. In Areas (3) and (4), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. You can select the information about a TRX that meet the filter condition in Area (3). Then, in Area (4), you can query the average value of each radio link counter of all TRXs in the cell where the TRX selected in Area (3) is located in the first line and query the average value Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

of each radio link counter of each TRX in the cell where the TRX is located in other lines. In addition, you can query the information selected in Areas (3) and (4) in the bar chart in Area (5). l You can double-click the bar chart in Area (5) to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. In Area (5), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. l For details about the area division, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis. l For details about parameters, see 6.10.6 Parameters for Querying the GSM TopN TRX Reports. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can right-click in Areas (3) and (4) and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 6.10.7 Parameters for Querying the GSM MR Filter Condition Analysis Reports

6.6 Querying GSM MR Results This section describes how to query GSM measurement report (MR) results. Through this function, you can query the detailed information about TopN TRXs and TRXs that meet the filter conditions of the cell where multiple TopN TRXs or TRXs that meet the filter conditions exist.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM MR analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Theme Function > GSM MR Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created MR analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Step 4 Right-click the analysis result, and then choose MR Query from the shortcut menu. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Select one or multiple cells to be queried in the displayed window. Step 6 Click OK. The GSM MR Query Results window is displayed. Step 7 Query analysis results in the GSM MR Query Results window. l In Area (7), query the average value of each radio link counter by cell. In Areas (7) and (8), you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. l Select the information about a cell in Area (7), view the average value of each radio link counter of all TRXs of the selected cell in Area (8), and then view the information selected in Areas (7) and (8) in a bar chart in Area (9). l You can double-click the bar chart in Area (9) to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. In Area (9), you can right-click the bar chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. l For details about the area division principles, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis. For details about parameters, see 6.10.8 Parameters for Querying the MR Analysis Results of GSM Cells. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can right-click in Areas (7) and (8) and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 6.10.8 Parameters for Querying the MR Analysis Results of GSM Cells

6.7 Comparing GSM MR Analysis Results This section describes how to compare the GSM Measurement Report (MR) analysis results. After the network is optimized or the equipment is upgraded, you can compare two GSM MR analysis results generated in two time segments to check the differences between the values of the same counters in two time segments. This function helps you learn about the detailed network performance differences in two time segments and quickly evaluate the network optimization effect.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Task Type of the GSM MR analysis task is set to Cycle Task. For details, see 6.4 Creating GSM MR Analysis Tasks.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM MR Analysis Task node in the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select two analysis results from the result list in the lower right pane. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created MR analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Step 4 Right-click the analysis results, and then choose Comparison Analysis from the shortcut menu. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Select one or multiple cells to be queried in the displayed window. Step 6 Click OK. The GSM MR Comparison Analysis window is displayed. Step 7 Perform the following operations according to the actual configuration. If...

Then...

Ne Selection for the current GSM MR analysis task is set to BSC

1. Select Cell, BSC, or All from the upper area in the navigation tree. 2. Select one or multiple objects from the navigation tree.

Ne Selection for the current GSM MR analysis task is set to Cell Group

1. Select All, Cell Group, or Cell from the upper area in the navigation tree. 2. Select one or multiple objects from the navigation tree.

Press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object in the navigation tree. Step 8 Click OK. The GSM MR Comparison Report dialog box is displayed. Step 9 View analysis results in the GSM MR Comparison Report window. l View the difference between radio link counters of each object in two time segments in Area (12). In the list of Area (12), the counter display color varies according to the counter status. If the counter deteriorates, it is displayed in red. If the counter is normal, it is displayed in green. If no measurement result for the counter is obtained or that the counter status is not changed, the counter is displayed in gray. l After you select an object from Area (12), the statistical information about the selected object is displayed in a bar chart in Area (13). Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

l Double-click the bar chart in Area (13) to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. In Area (13), you can right-click the chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. l For details about the area division principles, see 6.10.1 Interface Description: GSM MR Analysis. l For details about the related parameters, see 6.10.9 Parameters for Comparing GSM MR Analysis Results. ----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click in Areas (12) and (13) and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 6.10.9 Parameters for Comparing GSM MR Analysis Results

6.8 Exporting GSM MR Overview Reports This section describes how to export GSM MR overview reports. You can export GSM MR overview analysis results as .csv files.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The GSM MR Overview Report is opened. For details, see 6.5.1 Querying GSM BSC Analysis Results.

Context You can export GSM MR overview reports in either of the following mode: l

Exporting MR analysis results of all the analyzed cells

l

Exporting MR analysis results of all the analyzed frequencies

l

Export MR analysis results of all the cells.

Procedure 1.

in the GSM MR Overview Report window. The Save dialog box is Click displayed.

2.

Set the file name and specify the save path and file type. Then, click Save. The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task. – Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6 GSM MR Analysis

– You can click on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the waiting or running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. You can click on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. – You can click on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information about an export task in the completed state. l

Export MR analysis results of all the frequencies. 1.

Click in the GSM MR Overview Report window. The Save dialog box is displayed.

2.

Set the file name and specify the save path and file type. Then, click Save. The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task. – Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled. on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the – You can click waiting or running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. You can click on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information – You can click about an export task in the completed state.

----End

6.9 Technical Specifications for GSM MR Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM MR analysis. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task

" l Unique and not null l Case sensitive

Task Type

Choose the task type from the navigation tree.

Remarks

Provides the description of the task. Value range: l A maximum of 200 characters l The following characters are not allowed: ~ ! # $ % ^ * + = | \ / , ' `

Task Time Information Parameter

Description

Task Type

One-time: The system executes the created tasks only once at the specified time.

Time Range

Only the data generated between the start time and the end time will be analyzed. The start time should precede the end time, and the end time should precede the locale system time.

Delayed

If you do not select it, the system will execute the task immediately. If you select it, the system will execute the task at the time of the Execution Delay.

Execution Delay

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Indicates the specified execution time of the task. The parameter should not precede the end time of the Time Range.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

NE Selection Information Parameter

Description

NE

If you select this option, the navigation tree displays all the NEs of the entire network.

NE Group

If you select this option, the navigation tree displays all the NE groups of the entire network.

Parameter Setting Information Parameter

Description

Neighboring Cell Rank No.1

Indicates the lower threshold of the neighboring cell sequence. All the undefined neighboring cells whose sequence numbers are smaller than or equal to the value of this parameter are regarded as missing neighboring cells. This parameter can be set to any integer from 1 to 32. The default value is 10.

Constraint of BA2 Table Length

Indicates the limitation on the number of test ARFCNs of neighboring cells. This parameter can be set to any integer from 1 to 32. The default value is 20.

Constraint of Neighboring Cell Table Length

Indicates the limitation on the number of neighboring cells. This parameter can be set to any integer from 1 to 64. The default value is 50. This parameter and Constraint for BA2 Table Len are used to determine the redundant neighboring cells. If these two conditions are not met, the system searches for redundant neighboring cells constantly until the two conditions are met.

HO Request Number Threshold

The neighboring cells where the number of handover requests is smaller than the value of this parameter are regarded as redundant neighboring cells. This parameter can be set to any integer from 0 to 9999. The default value is 10.

Relative Percentage Threshold

The neighboring cells whose relative percentage is smaller than the value of this parameter are regarded as redundant neighboring cells. This parameter can be set to any integer from 0 to 100. The default value is 1. The unit is %.

All Direction Gain

Indicates the omnidirectional gain of an antenna. This parameter can be set to any integer from 0 to 15. The default value is 11. The unit is dBi.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Parameter

Description

Specified Direction Gain

Indicates the directional gain of an antenna. This parameter can be set to any integer from 0 to 25. The default value is 17. The unit is dBi.

Display the Number of Undefined Neighboring Cells

Indicates that only the TopN undefined neighboring cells are displayed. N can be any integer from 20 to 50. The default value is 30.

Related Tasks 7.4 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

7.12.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM neighboring cell analysis results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM neighboring cell analysis results.

Information About a Test Cell

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Rang e

Un it

Description

BSC Where Test Cell Is Located

1 to 32 charac ters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a test cell belongs to, for example, BSC_1.

Test Cell Name

1 to 64 charac ters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a test cell, for example, Cell_1.

Total Number of Measure ment Reports

[0, +∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the total number of MRs received by a test cell.

Number of Redunda nt Neighbor ing Cells

[0, +∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of redundant neighboring cells for the selected test cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Paramet er

Rang e

Un it

Description

Percenta ge of Measure ment Report on Redunda nt Neighbor ing Cells (%)

[0.00,1 00.00]

%

Indicates the sum of the integrated priority percentages of all redundant neighboring cells for the selected test cell.

Number of Unconfig ured Neighbor ing Cells

[0, +∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of missing neighboring cells for the selected test cell.

Percenta ge of Measure ment Report on Not Configur ed Neighbor ing Cells (%)

[0.00,1 00.00]

%

Indicates the sum of the integrated priority percentages of all missing neighboring cells for the selected test cell.

LAC

[1,655 33], [65535 ]

N/ A

Indicates the location area code of the selected test cell.

[0,655 35]

N/ A

Indicates the identification code of the selected test cell.

CI

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

LAC is a part of CGI and uniquely identifies a GSM cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Rang e

Un it

Description

BCCH

[0,102 3]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for the selected test cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM8 50; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to EGSM; 955 to 974: belong to RGSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1 800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1 800 when the high band suppor ts DCS1 800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS19 00

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Paramet er

Rang e

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Un it

Description

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of the selected test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the ID of the selected test cell.

when the high band suppor ts PCS19 00. BSIC

Consis ts of the follow ing parts: NCC [0,7] BCC [0,7] BSIC= NCC* 10 +BCC

Test Cell ID

[0 to 2047]

Defined Neighboring Cell

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Defined Neighbor ing Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a defined neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

CGI

MCCMNCLAC-CI

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a neighboring cell.

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a neighboring cell.

MCC [000,999] MNC [00,99] LAC [0,65535] CI [0,65535] Neighbor ing Cell BCCH

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

[0,1023] 1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Neighbor ing Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code for a neighboring cell.

NCC[0,7] BCC [0,7] BSIC=NC C*10+BCC Service Type of Neighbor ing Cell

N/A

N/ A

Indicates the service type provided by a GSM neighboring cell, including indoor site and outdoor site. Learning about the service type provided by a GSM neighboring cell helps prevent important neighboring cells from being deleted.

Suggeste d Operatio n

Redundant neighborin g cell, Intrafrequency neighborin g cell, No operation

N/ A

Indicates the operation suggestions on a neighboring cell.

User Modify

N/A

N/ A

Indicates whether the modification is recommended.

Integrate d Priority TH (%)

[0.00,100.0 0]

%

Indicates the percentage of the total number of MRs related to a test cell to the number of MRs related to the neighboring cell level that is higher than the relative level and the absolute level.

If this option is selected, you are advised to perform modification according to Suggested Operation. Otherwise, no modification is recommended.

Integrity Priority TH = Number of MRs related to the neighboring cell level that is higher than the relative level and the absolute level/Total number of MRs related to a test cell x 100%

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Priority

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the sequence number of a neighboring cell among all neighboring cells for the selected test cell according to its integrated priority.

Number of Handove r Requests

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of handover requests from the current serving cell to another cell.

Number of Handove r Failures

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of handover failures among all handover requests from the current serving cell to another cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Handove r Success Rate (%)

[0.00,100.0 0]

%

Indicates the handover success rate from the current serving cell to another cell.

Relative Percenta ge (%)

[0.00,100.0 0]

Outgoing cell handover success rate = Number of successful outgoing cell handovers/Number of outgoing cell handover requests x 100% %

Indicates the proportion of the total handover attempts from the current serving cell to a neighboring cell to the total handover attempts from the current serving cell to any neighboring cells. Relative percentage = Total number of handover attempts from the current serving cell to a neighboring cell/Total number of handover attempts from the current serving cell to any neighboring cells x 100%

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

km

Indicates the distance from the selected test cell to a neighboring cell.

In BA Time (min)

[1,+∞)

mi nut e

Indicates the duration for measuring a neighboring cell.

Number of Neighbor ing Cell Measure ment Reports

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the total number of MRs of a neighboring cell.

Total MRs of This Frequenc y in BA Time

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the total number of MRs recorded in the BA table during frequency point polling in the serving cell.

Source Cell Signal Strength (dBm)

N/A

dB m

Indicates the average signal strength of the selected test cell that serves as the source handover cell.

Neighbor ing Cell Signal Strength (dBm)

N/A

dB m

Indicates the average signal strength of a neighboring cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Mean SN Differenc e (dB)

N/A

dB

Indicates the average difference between the signal strength of the selected test cell serving as the source handover cell and the signal strength of a neighboring cell.

>Relativ e TH MRs

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of MRs related to the information that the value of Mean S-N Difference is greater than the relative level threshold.

>Absolut e TH MRs

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of MRs containing information that the signal strength of a neighboring cell is greater than the absolute level threshold.

Undefined Neighboring Cell Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Undefine d Neighbor ing Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of an undefined neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

CGI

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a neighboring cell.

MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC [1,65533], [65535] CI [0,65535]

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Neighbor ing Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a neighboring cell.

Neighbor ing Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code for a neighboring cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to RGSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC [0,7] BSIC=NCC *10+BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Service Type of Neighbor ing Cell

N/A

N/ A

Indicates the service type provided by a GSM neighboring cell, including indoor site and outdoor site. Learning about the service type provided by a GSM neighboring cell helps prevent important neighboring cells from being deleted.

Suggeste d Operatio n

Missing neighboring cell, No operation

N/ A

Indicates the operation suggestions on a neighboring cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

User Modify

N/A

N/ A

Indicates whether the modification is recommended.

Integrate d Priority TH (%)

[0.00,100.00 ]

%

Indicates the integrated priority of a neighboring cell, that is, the percentage of total number of MRs related to the test cell to the number of MRs related to the neighboring cell level higher than the relative level and the absolute level.

Priority

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the sequence number of a neighboring cell among all neighboring cells for the selected test cell according to its integrated priority.

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

km

Indicates the distance from the selected test cell to a neighboring cell.

In BA Time (min)

[0,+∞)

mi nut e

Indicates the duration for measuring a neighboring cell.

Number of Neighbor ing Cell Measure ment Reports

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of MRs related to a neighboring cell.

Total MRs of This Frequenc y in BA Time

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the total number of MRs recorded in the BA table during frequency point polling in the serving cell.

Source Cell Signal Strength (dBm)

N/A

dB m

Indicates the average signal strength of the selected test cell.

Neighbor ing Cell Signal Strength (dBm)

N/A

dB m

Indicates the average signal strength of a neighboring cell.

Mean SN Differenc e (dB)

N/A

dB

Indicates the average difference between the signal strength of the selected test cell and the signal strength of a neighboring cell.

If this option is selected, you are advised to perform modification according to Suggested Operation. Otherwise, no modification is recommended.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

> Relative TH MRs

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of MRs containing information that the difference between the signal strength of a neighboring cell and the signal strength of the test cell is greater than the relative level threshold.

> Absolute TH MRs

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of MRs containing the signal strength of neighboring cells greater than the absolute level threshold.

Related Tasks 7.5 Querying GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Results

7.12.7 Parameters for Querying GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM possible neighboring cell analysis results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM possible neighboring cell analysis results.

Possible Neighboring Cell Overview Table

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

BSC Where Test Cell Is Located

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a test cell belongs to, for example, ERM3H201.

Test Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the test serving cell, for example, Cell_1.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Test Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a test cell.

Test Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a test cell, for example, 286-01-33034-50712.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC [0,7] BSIC=NCC*10 +BCC Test Cell CGI

Consists of the following parts: MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC[1,65533], [65535] CI[0,65535]

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Neighbor ing Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a test neighboring cell.

Neighbor ing Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of a test neighboring cell.

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of the selected possible neighboring cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC [0,7] BSIC=NCC*10 +BCC

Neighbor ing Cell CGI

Consists of the following parts: MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC [1,65533], [65535] CI [0,65535]

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Neighbor ing BSC

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that the selected possible neighboring cell belongs to.

Neighbor ing Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the selected possible neighboring cell.

Neighbor ing Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

k m

Indicates the distance from the test cell to the selected possible neighboring cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Neighbor ing Cell Loop Number

0,1,2,3,99

N/ A

Indicates the number of laps between the selected possible neighboring cell and the test cell, that is, the number of cells between the selected possible neighboring cell and the test cell.

Angle From Neighbor ing Cell (°)

[0°,360°]

De gr ee

Indicates the relative angle between the selected possible neighboring cell and the test cell.

Predicted DL Signal Strength (dBm)

N/A

dB m

Indicates the signal strength of the selected possible neighboring cell based on the dimensioning.

Obtain From Configur ation Data

Yes or No

N/ A

Indicates whether the selected possible neighboring cell is obtained from the configuration data.

Number of Possible Neighbor ing Cells in the Possible Neighbor ing Cell Pairs

[0,+∞)

Nu m be r

Indicates the number of possible neighboring cells.

Integrate d Priority (%)

[0,100%]

N/ A

Indicates the percentage of integrated priority.

Priority

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the sequence number of a possible neighboring cell among all possible neighboring cells for the selected test cell according to its integrated priority.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Possible Neighboring Cell Confirmation Table Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Enable

N/A

N/A

Indicates whether to select the current possible neighboring cell as the most possible neighboring cell for the test cell. If the parameter is selected, the current possible neighboring cell serves as the most possible neighboring cell for the test cell. In addition, you must replace information about the selected possible neighboring cell in the possible neighboring cell confirmation table with information in the possible neighboring cell overview table. Possible Neighboring Cell CGI replaces Neighboring Cell CGI. Possible Neighboring Cell BSC Name replaces Neighboring BSC. Name of Possible Neighboring Cell replaces Neighboring Cell Name. Distance of Possible Neighboring Cell(km) replaces Neighboring Distance(km). Number of Possible Neighboring Cell Laps replaces Neighboring Cell Loop Number. Relative Angle of Neighboring Cell(°) replaces Angle form Neighboring Cell Direction. Predicted Signal Strength of Neighboring Cell(dBm) replaces Predicted DL Signal Strength. Obtain From Configuration Data replaces Get from config data. If this parameter is not selected, it indicates that the most possible neighboring cell is not determined. In addition, the system clears all the information in the following fields in the possible neighboring cell overview table: Neighboring Cell CGI Neighboring Cell Name Neighboring Distance(km) Neighboring Cell Loop Number Angle form Neighboring Cell Direction Predicted DL Signal Strength Obtain From Configuration Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Possible Neighbor ing Cell CGI

Con sists of the follo win g parts :

N/A

Indicates the global ID of a possible neighboring cell.

MC C [000 to 999] MN C [000 to 999] LA C [1,6 553 3], [655 35] CI [0,6 553 5]

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

BSC Where the Selected Possible Neighbor ing Cell Is Located

1 to 32 char acter s

N/A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a possible neighboring cell belongs to.

Name of Possible Neighbor ing Cell

1 to 64 char acter s

N/A

Indicates the name of a possible neighboring cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Distance of Possible Neighbor ing Cell (km)

[0, +∞)

km

Indicates the distance from the test cell to a possible neighboring cell.

Number of Possible Neighbor ing Cell Laps

0,1, 2,3, 99

N/A

Indicates the number of laps between the test cell and a possible neighboring cell, that is, the number of cells between the test cell and a possible neighboring cell.

Relative Angle of Neighbor ing Cell (°)

[0°, 360° ]

Deg ree

Indicates the relative angle between the test cell and a possible neighboring cell.

Predicted Signal Strength of Neighbor ing Cell (dBm)

N/A

dB m

Indicates the signal strength of a possible neighboring cell based on the dimensioning.

Obtain From Configur ation Data

Yes or No

N/A

Indicates whether possible neighboring cells are obtained from the configuration data.

Related Tasks 7.6 Querying GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results

7.12.8 Parameters for Querying GSM Co-BCCH and Co-BSIC Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM co-BCCH and co-BSIC neighboring cell analysis results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM co-bcch and co-bsic neighboring cell analysis results.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Parameter Paramet er

Range

U nit

Description

BSC Where Test Cell Is Located

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a test cell belongs to, for example, BSC_1.

Test Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a test cell, for example, Cell_1.

Test Cell CGI

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the name of a neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC[1,65533] CI[0,65535] Test Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

Test Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

1 to 124: belong to P-GSM; 128-251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to EGSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC [0,7] BSIC=NCC*10 +BCC Neighbor ing Cell Name

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

1 to 64 characters

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U nit

Description

Neighbor ing Cell CGI

Consists of the following items:

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC [1,65533] CI [0,65535]

Angle form Neighbor ing Cell Direction (°)

[0°,360°]

De gre e

Indicates the relative angle between the test cell and a neighboring cell.

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

km

Indicates the distance between the test cell and a neighboring cell.

Number of Handove r Requests

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of handover requests from the current serving cell to another cell.

Related Tasks 7.7 Querying GSM Co-BCCH and Co-BSIC Neighboring Cell Analysis Results

7.12.9 Parameters for Querying GSM Intra-frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM intra-frequency neighboring cell analysis results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM intra-frequency neighboring cell analysis results.

Parameter

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

BSC Where Test Cell Is Located

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a test cell belongs to, for example, BSC_1.

Test Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a test cell, for example, Cell_1.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Test Cell CGI

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of a test cell.

MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC[1,65533] CI[0,65535] Test Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

Test Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

1 to 124: belong to P-GSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC[0,7] BSIC=NCC*10 +BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Neighbor ing Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

BSC Where Neighbor ing Cell Is Located

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a neighboring cell for the selected test cell belongs to.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Neighbor ing Cell CGI

Consists of the following items:

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of a neighboring cell for the selected test cell.

MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC [1,65533] CI [0,65535]

Neighbor ing Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

Neighbor ing Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

1 to 124: belong to P-GSM; 128-251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to EGSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC[0,7] BSIC=NCC*10 +BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

km

Indicates the distance from the selected test cell to a neighboring cell.

Number of Handove r Requests

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the number of handover requests from the current serving cell to another cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

7 GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Related Tasks 7.8 Querying GSM Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Results

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

About This Chapter The GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis function enables you to obtain GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data, create GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis tasks, query GSM/ UMTS neighboring cell analysis results, and export GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results from the Nastar. The Nastar supports the function of identifying redundant and missing inter-RAT neighboring cells. This helps to solve the network quality problems caused by redundant and missing neighboring cell configuration. 8.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section provides the basic knowledge of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis, such as the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis function and algorithms for neighboring cell analysis. The basic knowledge helps you perform the operations related to GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. 8.2 Process of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section describes the process of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. 8.3 Obtaining GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database. 8.4 Creating GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis tasks. After you create a GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM/ UMTS performance data, GSM configuration data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying the analysis results, you can identify redundant inter-RAT neighboring cells and missing inter-RAT neighboring cells so that problems can be located and solved efficiently. 8.5 Querying GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results. Through this function, you can query all the defined and undefined UMTS neighboring cells of a GSM cell under a BSC. In addition, the Nastar calculates the integrated priority of neighboring cells according to the related algorithm and ranks the neighboring cells, helping you locate redundant and missing neighboring cells in the inter-RAT neighboring cells. 8.6 Querying GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

This section describes how to query GSM/UMTS possible neighboring cell analysis results. Through this function, you can quickly identify all GSM possible neighboring cells in the UMTS network and optimize neighboring relations based on the analysis results. 8.7 Exporting GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis reports. You can export the queried GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results from the Nastar, which helps in optimizing neighboring relations in networks. 8.8 Exporting GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM/UMTS possible neighboring cell analysis reports. You can export the queried possible neighboring cell analysis results from the Nastar, which helps in optimizing the neighboring relations in networks. 8.9 Technical Specifications for GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. 8.10 Reference to the GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Interface This section describes the interface for GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis and the relevant parameters. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

8.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section provides the basic knowledge of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis, such as the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis function and algorithms for neighboring cell analysis. The basic knowledge helps you perform the operations related to GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis.

8.1.1 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section describes the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis function. Through this function, the Nastar summarizes the measurement reports (MRs) and events reported by terminals and analyzes inter-RAT neighboring cells to check for the redundant and missing neighboring cell configurations and cross coverage. This helps to improve the network quality.

Inter-RAT Neighboring Cell Analysis After you set the conditions for checking the redundant or missing neighboring cell configurations, the Nastar performs inter-RAT neighboring cell analysis for the selected cell. The analysis results are displayed in a bar chart. In the bar chart, the defined UMTS neighboring cells, undefined UMTS neighboring cells, redundant UMTS neighboring cells, and missing UMTS neighboring cells are illustrated in different colors. The Nastar can export analysis results of inter-RAT neighboring cells to a file. In the inter-RAT neighboring cell analysis result window, you can export the result file of inter-RAT neighboring cell analysis after adding the missing neighboring cells and deleting the redundant neighboring cells. The result file provides the related optimization suggestions. The GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results can be exported to a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file.

Requirements for the Network The network must be stable during the period of performance data for GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. Otherwise, the analysis results may be inaccurate. Table 8-1 describes the network changes and their impacts. Table 8-1 Network changes and their impacts

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Network Change

Impact

Addition or deletion of BTSs

Affects the network coverage and handovers between cells. In this case, the analysis results cannot accurately reflect the current network status.

Change of antenna data, such as azimuth, tilt angle, or height

Results in the changes of the cell coverage and network interference.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Network Change

Impact

Changes of transmit power and power-related parameters such as discontinuous transmission and power control

Results in the changes of the cell coverage and network interference.

Change of frequency planning (for example, a new frequency planning scheme is implemented on the network.)

The change of the configuration data affects the identification of defined and undefined neighboring cells. In this case, the analysis results cannot accurately reflect the current network status. You are advised to keep the network stable during data collection.

Changes of handover relations and parameters

Affects the statistical results during the period of collecting the data about neighboring relations and the period of optimizing neighboring relations.

Change of BSC topology or other NE topology

The BSC is responsible for collecting statistical results. Therefore, the measurement task will not be performed properly if the network topology is changed. You are advised to keep the network topology unchanged during data collection.

8.1.2 Algorithms for GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section describes the algorithms for GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis, such as the algorithms used to check missing neighboring cells and redundant neighboring cells. Based on the measurement reports (MRs) reported by UEs, the Nastar calculates the overall score and then ranks the defined and undefined UMTS neighboring cells. According to the ranking of UMTS neighboring cells and result analysis charts, you can enable the Nastar to analyze the neighboring cells depending on the actual network situation, and then provide suggestions on missing UMTS neighboring cells to be added and redundant UMTS neighboring cells to be deleted. The algorithms for GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis are as follows: 1.

Calculate the integrated priority of all the UMTS neighboring cells of a serving cell. In GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis, a system algorithm is used to calculate the overall priorities based on factors such as the number of UMTS neighboring cell measurement reports, measurement time, and number of serving cell measurement reports.

2.

Determine missing neighboring cells. When the sequence number of an undefined UMTS neighboring cell is smaller than or equal to the value of Neighboring Cell Count Setting that is set when a GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task is created, the UMTS neighboring cell is regarded as a missing neighboring cell.

3.

Determine redundant neighboring cells. When the sequence number of a defined UMTS neighboring cell is greater than the value of Neighboring Cell Count Setting that is set when a GSM/UMTS neighboring cell

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

analysis task is created, the UMTS neighboring cell is regarded as a redundant neighboring cell.

8.2 Process of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section describes the process of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. Figure 8-1 shows the process of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis. Figure 8-1 Process of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Table 8-2 describes each procedure shown in Figure 8-1. Table 8-2 Process of GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis No.

Procedure

Description

1

Create a GSM/ UMTS neighboring cell measurement data E2E task

You need to choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management on the Nastar client to open the E2E Task Management window and then create a E2E task. After you create the task, the Nastar sends the commands to M2000 to start the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell measurement task and recording measurement results.

2

Create a GSM performance data collection task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM performance data collection task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically obtains the GSM performance data from the M2000 and then saves the data in files on the Nastar server.

3

Create a GSM performance data import task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM performance data import task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically imports the GSM performance data files saved on the Nastar server into the database.

4

Check the integrity GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data

You can double-click System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client to open the Query Data dialog box and then check that all the required GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data is imported into the database.

5

Create a GSM/ UMTS neighboring cell analysis task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create a GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task. After you create the task, the Nastar retrieves the GSM performance data and GSM configuration data periodically from the database, analyzes the retrieved data, and then generates analysis results.

6

l Query GSM/ UMTS neighboring cell analysis results

You can view the analysis results of the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis tasks that are successfully performed and add missing neighboring cells and delete redundant neighboring cells accordingly.

l Query possible GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results 7

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Export GSM/ UMTS neighboring cell analysis reports

You can enable the Nastar client to export GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results as report files.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

8.3 Obtaining GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database.

8.3.1 Creating GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks After a user creates an E2E task on the Nastar, the Nastar sends MML commands to the related NE through the M2000. The NE then performs the task and reports the measurement result to the M2000.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The OSS and NEs related to the analysis task are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

Configuration data is imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

l

Start the GU neighboring cell interoperability switch on the LMT or the M2000.

Context You are advised to observe the E2E task for five minutes to check whether the task is executed normally after you create the E2E task by performing the following steps. If Status of the E2E task is still Running after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task is executed normally. If Status of the E2E task is Complete or Failed after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task fails to be executed. Note that the Nastar monitors the tasks by checking the task status on the M2000 at an interval of five minutes.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the OSS Name drop-down list box, select an OSS for the task.

3.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 On the Measurement Task tab page, set the measurement parameters and cycle task, and select the NE to be analyzed from the NE list. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set ARFCNs and scrambling codes for a cell in Result of setting. All the selected cells will be measured by Nastar system. l Click Configuration Query. All the ARFCNs and scrambling codes of the UMTS neighboring cells of a measurement cell are displayed and selected. l Click Automatic Analysis. All the ARFCNs and scrambling codes of the surrounding UMTS neighboring cells of a measurement cell are displayed and selected. NOTE

The records in red are beyond the NE's measurement range. By default, they are not selected. You can resolve this problem by reducing the number of measured ARFCNs or scrambling codes.

l Click Set in batches. The Set ARFCN and scrambling code dialog box is displayed. Add ARFCNs and scrambling codes to be measured for all cells. A maximum of 3 ARFCNs can be selected. l After you click a certain record in the cell list, the system highlights the select cell in blue. Then, click Adjust Cell. The Set ARFCN and scrambling code dialog box is displayed. Add ARFCNs and scrambling codes to be measured for the selected cell. NOTE

l The Adjust Cell function takes effect only for the selected cells which are highlighted in blue. l You can also select multiple cells by pressing and holding Ctrl or Shift, thus make all the selected cells highlighted in blue.

l Click Export Result. All information in Result of setting is exported as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file. Step 8 Click Finish. The added GSM/UMTS neighboring cell measurement data task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Property.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click Refresh.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

Related References 8.10.3 Parameters of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Data E2E Tasks

8.3.2 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task After you create a GSM performance data collection task on the Nastar, the Nastar periodically collects NE performance data on the M2000 and saves the data in a specified path for future GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have created an end-to-end task for collecting GSM/UMTS neighboring cell measurement data. In addition, GSM performance data already exists on the M2000. For details, see 8.3.1 Creating GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks.

l

A GSM performance data collection task is a user-defined timing task.

l

A GSM performance data collection task can be executed only once or periodically. The options of the execution period are Minute, Hour, Day, Week, and Month.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click Create. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

Choose Task Type > Data Collection from the navigation tree and double-click Data Collection. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Task Type is set to Data Collection by default.

Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the task.

2.

Select Data Collection > Data Collection in Task Type.

3.

Click Once or Period in the Run Type pane.

Step 4 Click Next. 1. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click

and select the start time of the task in the displayed Time Setting dialog box. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

NOTE

l Start Time must be later than the current time of the server. l If Run Type of the task is set to Once, the Start Time parameter is unavailable after you select the Run At Once check box. This task is executed immediately after it is created.

2.

Perform corresponding operations according to the task running type, which is once or periodical. If You Need to...

Then...

The value of Run Type is Once

Perform Step 5.

The value of Run Type is Period

a. In the Period Setting field, set a task execution period. NOTE You can be advised to set half an hour or one hour as a task execution period for collecting performance data.

b. Perform Step 5.

Step 5 Click Next. In the Basic Information field and the Task Parameter field, set relevant parameters. 1.

From the OSS drop-down list, select the name of the OSS that manages the NE to be analyzed.

2.

Select Performance data from the Data Type drop-down list box.

3.

Set the parameters in the Task Parameter field. If You Need to...

Then...

The OSS selected from the OSS drop-down list takes M2000V200R008, M2000V200R009, M2000V200R010, M2000V200R011, M2000V200R011C00CP2302, M2000V200R011C01CP2302, or M2000V200R012 as the OSS data interface type.

l Sort the objects in the navigation tree by OSS or subnet. Then, select one or more NEs. The related data of the NEs in the selected OSS systems or subnets are periodically collected to a certain directory of the Nastar. l Select Specify the time range and set Start time and End time to collect related data from the M2000 side periodically or once within the specified time period. Then, save the data under a specified directory of the Nastar.

Step 6 Click Finish. The new data collection task is displayed in the task list. ----End

8.3.3 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 8-3 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks. Table 8-3 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Manual creation

194

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 8-3.

3.

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click . In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time. You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required. If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

8.3.4 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 8-4 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types. Table 8-4 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 8-4. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

8.4 Creating GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis tasks. After you create a GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM/ UMTS performance data, GSM configuration data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying the analysis results, you can identify redundant inter-RAT neighboring cells and missing inter-RAT neighboring cells so that problems can be located and solved efficiently.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 8.3.4 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed only once.

l

A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 Set Neighboring Cell Analysis Parameters, Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Parameters, and Result Show Parameters on the Set parameters tab page. Step 6 Click Next. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Step 7 Set the execution time for the task. If...

Then...

Task Type is set to One-time

Go to the next step to set the time range,the start time of the task and busy hour range.

Task Type is set to Period

Set Set Periodic Task, Set Busy Hour for Periodic Task.

Step 8 Set the time range and the start time of the task. The existing data is displayed in table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. In a data table, blue cells indicate that theme data at the current time is normal, yellow cells indicate that configuration data at the current time is normal, and green cells indicate that both theme data and configuration data at the current time is normal. The method for specifying the time range varies according to the selected analysis object. If...

Then...

NE is selected

1. Set the time range in either of the following methods: l Method 1: Set Time Range according to the existing data status displayed on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Method 2: Specify the analysis time range by pressing and dragging the mouse in the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. The time in Time Range will automatically refresh to the specified time. NOTE l If no theme data is available in the specified time range, and if no configuration data is available before the end time for an analysis task, the task will fail. l Press and hold the mouse to specify the continuous period in a line of the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Press and hold Ctrl+Shift to select multiple lines of data for analysis.

2. Set Execution Delay. NE Group is selected

Set Time Range and Execution Delay.

Step 9 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 8.10.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Tasks

8.5 Querying GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results. Through this function, you can query all the defined and undefined UMTS neighboring cells of a GSM cell under a BSC. In addition, the Nastar calculates the integrated priority of neighboring cells according to the related algorithm and ranks the neighboring cells, helping you locate redundant and missing neighboring cells in the inter-RAT neighboring cells.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis node in the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. Step 2 Select a GSM neighboring cell analysis task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the analysis result, and then choose View Analysis Result from the shortcut menu. The GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window is displayed. You can also double-click the selected analysis result to open the GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Query the GSM neighboring cell analysis results in the GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window. Select a cell from the measurement cell list in Area (2) 1.

Select a measurement cell from the cell list on the left of the displayed window.

2.

In the UMTS neighboring cell list in the right pane, query all defined and undefined neighboring cells of the selected measurement cell. After ranking the neighboring cells of the selected measurement cell based on the integrated priority, the Nastar displays the integrated priority percentages of the first 32 neighboring cells in the chart area in the lower part of the window. You can set the parameters in the drop-down list box on the upper right of this area to display the statistical values of different parameters of the first 32 neighboring cells in line charts. For details about parameters, see 8.10.6 Parameters for Querying the Analysis Reports of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cells. You can double-click any area of the UMTS neighboring cell list to zoom in on the list and then double-click the list again to restore it to the normal size.

3.

If User Modify is selected for a row in the UMTS neighboring cell list, the Nastar automatically saves the modified list so that you can view the modified information the next time you open the analysis report. If no modification is made, the Nastar displays the list in the database the next time you open the analysis report. The file with the modification automatically saved is stored in the installation path of the client. This file is deleted automatically when the corresponding task is deleted. If the possible neighboring cell table of the neighboring cell analysis report is modified (see the description in 8.6 Querying GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results), the information about the undefined neighboring cells in the UMTS neighboring cell list is replaced with the information about the most possible neighboring cell selected in the preceding possible neighboring cell analysis the next time the neighboring cell analysis report is opened. The following fields in the report are updated: Neighboring UMTS Cell Name, RNC ID, CI, and Distance (km).

----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click any list in the Neighboring GSM/UMTS Cell Analysis window and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file.

Related References 8.10.6 Parameters for Querying the Analysis Reports of GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cells Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

8.6 Querying GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM/UMTS possible neighboring cell analysis results. Through this function, you can quickly identify all GSM possible neighboring cells in the UMTS network and optimize neighboring relations based on the analysis results.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis node in the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. Step 2 Select a GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the analysis result, and then choose Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis from the shortcut menu. The GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 In the GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window, query the analysis results of possible GSM/UMTS neighboring cells. 1.

Select a measurement cell in the left pane. You can press Ctrl+F to search for an object.

2.

Query the possible UMTS neighboring cells of the selected measurement cell in the right pane. For details about parameters, see 7.12.7 Parameters for Querying GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results. Click

to add possible neighboring cells for the current measurement cell.

To export all information in the possible neighboring cell overview table, see 8.8 Exporting GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports. ----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click in the result list and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Related References 8.10.7 Parameters for Querying the Analysis Reports of GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cells

8.7 Exporting GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis reports. You can export the queried GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis results from the Nastar, which helps in optimizing neighboring relations in networks.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried the GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis reports. For details, see 8.5 Querying GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Results.

Context Analysis reports are exported as .csv, .xls, or .xlsx files.

Procedure l

Perform the following operations as required: If you need to... Export Overview Table

Then... Click in the GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window. The main information contained in the files is task name, creator, Result Set Begin Time, Result Set End Time, and related information about the test cells.

Export Neighboring Cell Analysis Results of Test Cell

Click in the GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window. The main information contained in the files is task name, creator, Result Set Begin Time, Result Set End Time, BSC serving the test cell, number and name of the test cell, and defined and undefined UMTS neighboring cells.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

If you need to...

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Then...

Export All Neighboring Cell Analysis 1. Click in the GSM/UMTS Results Neighboring Cell Analysis Task window. The Save dialog box is displayed. If the analysis result data amount of all the neighboring cells is large, you need to wait for a while before the dialog box is displayed. 2. Specify a save path for the file. Then, click Save. You are only allowed to save all the neighboring cell analysis results as .xls or .xlsx files on the basis of BSC. The neighboring cell analysis results of each BSC correspond to one .xls or .xlsx file. The naming convention is task name_NE name_NCS.xls or task name_NE name_NCS.xlsx. The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task. – Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled. on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the waiting – You can click or running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. You can click on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information about – You can click an export task in the completed state. NOTE

l Exporting overview table is to export the information about all the test cells involved in the selected analysis task. l Exporting neighboring cell analysis results of test cell is to export the information about the defined and undefined neighboring cells of a specific test cell. l Exporting all neighboring cell analysis results is to export the information about the defined and undefined neighboring cells of all test cells.

----End

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

8.8 Exporting GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM/UMTS possible neighboring cell analysis reports. You can export the queried possible neighboring cell analysis results from the Nastar, which helps in optimizing the neighboring relations in networks.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried the GSM/UMTS possible neighboring cell analysis reports. For details, see 8.6 Querying GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis Results.

Context Analysis reports are exported as .csv, .xls, or .xlsx files.

Procedure in the GSM/UMTS Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis window. The Save dialog Step 1 Click box is displayed. Step 2 Set the file name and specify the file type and path to save the file. Then, click Save. l The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task. – Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled. on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the waiting – You can click or running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. You can click on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information about an – You can click export task in the completed state. l The exported file contains the information on the left of the GSM Possible Neighboring Cell Analysis window. ----End

8.9 Technical Specifications for GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

8 GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task

Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM performance data collection task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically obtains the GSM performance data from the M2000 and then saves the data in files on the Nastar server.

4

Create a GSM performance data import task/Create a GSM neighboring cell measurement task file import task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM performance data import task and a GSM neighboring cell measurement task file import task. After the tasks are created, the GSM performance data in files and data in GSM neighboring cell measurement task files saved on the Nastar server are imported into the database periodically.

5

Check the integrity of GSM frequency analysis data

You can double-click System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client to open the Query Data dialog box and then check whether all the required GSM frequency analysis data is imported into the database.

6

Create a GSM frequency analysis task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create a GSM neighboring cell analysis task. After you create the task, the Nastar periodically retrieves the GSM performance data, GSM neighboring cell measurement data, and GSM configuration data from the database, analyzes the retrieved data, and then generates the analysis results.

7

l View GSM frequency analysis results

After a GSM frequency analysis task is executed successfully, you can view the analysis results, identify the strongly interfered cells and ARFCNs, and evaluate the frequency planning results.

l View GSM frequency optimization results

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

No.

Procedure

Description

8

l Export GSM frequency analysis report

You can export GSM frequency analysis reports through the Nastar client.

l Export GSM frequency optimization report

9.3 Obtaining GSM Frequency Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM frequency analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database.

9.3.1 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks After a user creates an E2E task on the Nastar, the Nastar sends MML commands to the related NE through the M2000. The NE then performs the task and reports the measurement result to the M2000.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The OSS and NEs related to the analysis task are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

Configuration data is imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

l

The data source is subscribed and the status is On.

Context You are advised to observe the E2E task for five minutes to check whether the task is executed normally after you create the E2E task by performing the following steps. If Status of the E2E task is still Running after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task is executed normally. If Status of the E2E task is Complete or Failed after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task fails to be executed. Note that the Nastar monitors the tasks by checking the task status on the M2000 at an interval of five minutes.

CAUTION Before refarming, stop the running neighboring GSM cell measurement data E2E task to avoid impact on NEs.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

234

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the OSS Name drop-down list box, select an OSS for the task.

3.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 Set Run Type, Time Setting, and Cycle Setting for the task. You need to set Cycle Setting only when Run Type is set to Period. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 On the Measure Task tab page, set Duration Time (Minute), Period, and Measure Step. l Duration Time (Minute) indicates the total duration of the measurement task execution. l Period indicates the interval at which each group of ARFCNs is measured. l Measure Step indicates the number of ARFCNs in a group. NOTE

The measurement duration cannot exceed 24 hours.

Step 8 Select a cell to be analyzed from the object navigation tree. NOTE

l Only the cells activated on the M2000 can be selected. l BA2 quantity:** of the cell name indicates the quantity of the BA2 of the cell. The BA2 list contains a maximum of 32 ARFCNs.

The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. Step 9 Click Frequency Analysis. The Nastar traverses the three-level neighboring cells of the selected cell. Then, the Nastar analyzes the BCCH ARFCNs of the traversed neighboring cells and highlights these BCCH ARFCNs in the frequency selection area in gray to provide reference for selecting measurement ARFCNs. Traversing of the three-level neighboring cells indicates that the Nastar searches for the neighboring cell (neighboring cell A) of the selected cell, the neighboring cell (neighboring cells B) of neighboring cell A, and the neighboring cell (neighboring cells C) of neighboring cell B. All traversed neighboring cells A, B, and C are neighboring cells obtained through the traversing of the three-level neighboring cells. Step 10 Select ARFCNs for the BA2 list in the frequency selection area. After you select frequencies for the BA2 list, the levels of neighboring cells are measured in a cell based on the selected ARFCNs so that possible missing neighboring cells can be determined. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

The BA2 list contains a maximum of 32 ARFCNs. If the number of selected ARFCNs exceeds 32, the ARFCNs in the BA2 list are modified periodically and cyclically. The selected ARFCNs are grouped according to the value of Measure Step and you can view the groups in the Selected Frequency area. Step 11 Set the soft parameters of the neighboring cell measurement data task. 1.

Click the Soft Parameter tab.

2.

Select Soft Parameter Setting.

3.

Set the threshold of each soft parameter. For the detailed description of soft parameters, see 9.10.3 Parameters of GSM Neighboring Cell E2E Tasks.

Step 12 Click Complete. The added GSM neighboring cell measurement data task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Property.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task

Click Refresh.

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

Related References 9.10.3 Parameters of GSM Neighboring Cell E2E Tasks

9.3.2 Creating a GSM Measure Task File for Neighbor Cell Data Collection Task After you create a GSM measure task file for neighbor cell data collection task on the Nastar, the Nastar periodically collects measure task file for neighbor cell data on the M2000 and saves the data in a specified path for future GSM network analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have created an end-to-end task for collecting GSM neighboring cell data. In addition, GSM measure task file for neighbor cell data already exists on the M2000. For details, see 9.3.1 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks.

l

A GSM measure task file for neighbor cell data collection task is a user-defined timing task.

l

A GSM measure task file for neighbor cell data collection task can be executed only once or periodically. The options of the execution period are Minute, Hour, Day, Week, and Month.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

Choose Task Type > Data Collection from the navigation tree and double-click Data Collection. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Task Type is set to Data Collection by default.

Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the task.

2.

Select Data Collection > Data Collection in Task Type.

3.

Click Once or Period in the Run Type pane.

Step 4 Click Next. 1.

Click

and select the start time of the task in the displayed Time Setting dialog box.

NOTE

l Start Time must be later than the current time of the server. l If Run Type of the task is set to Once, the Start Time parameter is unavailable after you select the Run At Once check box. This task is executed immediately after it is created.

2.

Perform corresponding operations according to the task running type, which is once or periodical. If You Need to...

Then...

The value of Run Type is Once

Perform Step 5.

The value of Run Type is Period

a. In the Period Setting field, set a task execution period. NOTE You can set half an hour or one hour as a task execution period for collecting measure task file for neighbor cell data.

b. Perform Step 5.

Step 5 Click Next. In the Basic Information field and the Task Parameter field, set relevant parameters. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

1.

From the OSS Name drop-down list, select the name of the OSS that manages the NE to be analyzed.

2.

Select GSM Measure Task File for Neighbor Cell Data from the Data Type drop-down list box.

3.

Set the parameters in the Task Parameter field. TIP

l Select one or more NEs, thus the related data of the NEs are periodically collected to a certain directory of the Nastar. l Select Specify the time range and set Start time and End time to collect related data from the M2000 side periodically or once within the specified time period. Then, save the data under a specified directory of the Nastar.

Step 6 Click Finish. The new data collection task is displayed in the task list. ----End

9.3.3 Creating a GSM Performance Data Collection Task After you create a GSM performance data collection task on the Nastar, the Nastar periodically collects NE performance data on the M2000 and saves the data in a specified path for future GSM frequency analysis.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have created an end-to-end task for collecting GSM neighboring cell data. In addition, GSM performance data already exists on the M2000. For details, see 9.3.1 Creating GSM Neighboring Cell Measurement Data E2E Tasks.

l

A GSM performance data collection task is a user-defined timing task.

l

A GSM performance data collection task can be executed only once or periodically. The options of the execution period are Minute, Hour, Day, Week, and Month.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click Create. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

Choose Task Type > Data Collection from the navigation tree and double-click Data Collection. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Task Type is set to Data Collection by default.

Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the task.

2.

Select Data Collection > Data Collection in Task Type.

3.

Click Once or Period in the Run Type pane.

Step 4 Click Next. 1. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click

and select the start time of the task in the displayed Time Setting dialog box. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

NOTE

l Start Time must be later than the current time of the server. l If Run Type of the task is set to Once, the Start Time parameter is unavailable after you select the Run At Once check box. This task is executed immediately after it is created.

2.

Perform corresponding operations according to the task running type, which is once or periodical. If You Need to...

Then...

The value of Run Type is Once

Perform Step 5.

The value of Run Type is Period

a. In the Period Setting field, set a task execution period. NOTE You can be advised to set half an hour or one hour as a task execution period for collecting performance data.

b. Perform Step 5.

Step 5 Click Next. In the Basic Information field and the Task Parameter field, set relevant parameters. 1.

From the OSS drop-down list, select the name of the OSS that manages the NE to be analyzed.

2.

Select Performance data from the Data Type drop-down list box.

3.

Set the parameters in the Task Parameter field. If You Need to...

Then...

The OSS selected from the OSS drop-down list takes M2000V200R008, M2000V200R009, M2000V200R010, M2000V200R011, M2000V200R011C00CP2302, M2000V200R011C01CP2302, or M2000V200R012 as the OSS data interface type.

l Sort the objects in the navigation tree by OSS or subnet. Then, select one or more NEs. The related data of the NEs in the selected OSS systems or subnets are periodically collected to a certain directory of the Nastar. l Select Specify the time range and set Start time and End time to collect related data from the M2000 side periodically or once within the specified time period. Then, save the data under a specified directory of the Nastar.

Step 6 Click Finish. The new data collection task is displayed in the task list. ----End

9.3.4 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 9-4 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks. Table 9-4 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

240

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Manual creation

241

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 9-4.

3.

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click . In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time. You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required. If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

9.3.5 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 9-5 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types. Table 9-5 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 9-5. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

246

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

9.4 Creating GSM Frequency Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM frequency analysis tasks. After you create a GSM frequency analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM performance data, GSM neighboring cell measurement data, GSM configuration data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the status of the entire radio network so that problems can be located and solved efficiently.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 9.3.5 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed only once.

l

A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 On the Set parameters tab page, set Frequency Analysis Parameter. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set the Task Type to One-time. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Step 8 Set the time range and the start time of the task. The existing data is displayed in table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. In a data table, blue cells indicate that theme data at the current time is normal, yellow cells indicate that configuration data at the current time is normal, and green cells indicate that both theme data and configuration data at the current time is normal. The method for specifying the time range varies according to the selected analysis object. If...

Then...

NE is selected

1. Set the time range in either of the following methods: l Method 1: Set Time Range according to the existing data status displayed on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Method 2: Specify the analysis time range by pressing and dragging the mouse in the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. The time in Time Range will automatically refresh to the specified time. NOTE l If no theme data is available in the specified time range, and if no configuration data is available before the end time for an analysis task, the task will fail. l Press and hold the mouse to specify the continuous period in a line of the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Press and hold Ctrl+Shift to select multiple lines of data for analysis.

2. Set Execution Delay. 3. Optional: On the Set Busy Hours tab, select Busy Hour, and set the start time and end time of the busy hour. NE Group is selected

1. Set Time Range and Execution Delay. 2. Optional: On the Set Busy Hours tab, select Busy Hour, and set the start time and end time of the busy hour.

Step 9 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

If you need to... Modify a task

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 9.10.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Frequency Analysis Tasks

9.5 Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM frequency analysis reports. GSM frequency analysis results contain the measurement cell overview information, interference matrix information about GSM cells, and frequency interference matrix information about GSM cells. Based on the interference matrix information and frequency interference matrix information in the analysis results, you can identify the cells and ARFCNs that cause strong interference and the cells and ARFCNs that are greatly affected by the interference on the network.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Theme Function > GSM Frequency Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 2 Select a GSM frequency analysis task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the analysis result list in lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the analysis result, and then choose View Analysis Result from the shortcut menu. The GSM Frequency Analysis window is displayed. You can also double-click the selected analysis result to open the GSM Frequency Analysis window. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 View the list of measurement cells in the left pane in the displayed window. Through this function, you can query the analysis overview information about all cells involved in a frequency analysis task and query the interference of a measurement cell caused by intrafrequency or adjacent-frequency neighboring cells and the interference of intra-frequency or adjacent-frequency neighboring cells caused by a measurement cell. The Nastar automatically sorts cells by interference to provide a basis of frequency analysis for measurement cells. For details about the parameters, see 9.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results. Step 6 Query the analysis results of the cell interference matrix on the Interference Matrix tab page. Based on the analysis results of GSM cell interference matrix, you can query the traffic affected by co-channel or adjacent-channel interference of a measurement cell on its neighboring cells and percentage of traffic affected by co-channel or adjacent-channel interference. In addition, you can query the traffic affected by co-channel or adjacent-channel interference of each neighboring cell on a measurement cell and percentage of traffic affected by co-channel or adjacent-channel interference. The analysis results help you learn the interference between cells, providing reference for frequency optimization. For details about the parameters, see 9.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results. Step 7 Query the analysis results of frequency interference matrix on the Frequency Interference Matrix tab page. Based on the analysis results of GSM cell frequency interference matrix, you can query the traffic affected by the interference of BCCH ARFCNs between a measurement cell and its neighboring cells. When querying the interference matrix, you can query the traffic affected by the interference between the BCCH ARFCNs of a measurement cell and its intra-frequency and upper and lower adjacent-frequency neighboring cells. For details about the parameters, see 9.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results. NOTE

When you check a theme analysis result in the GSM MR Analysis Task, GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task, GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task, GSM Frequency Analysis Task, or GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task, the Nastar can enable you to navigate to the analysis results of different tasks if other themes have analysis results of specified cells and time segments. Right-click a cell and choose Jump To > GSM *** Analysis Task from the shortcut menu to view the analysis results ( *** indicates the five analysis tasks).

----End

9.6 Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results This section describes how to query GSM frequency optimization results. You can either enable the Nastar to automatically perform frequency optimization or manually set relevant parameters on the Nastar to perform frequency optimization. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

250

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM frequency analysis task has reached 100%.

l

Automatic frequency optimization: Instead of manual selection of ARFCNs, the Nastar automatically selects ARFCNs to be optimized. This effectively improves the efficiency of frequency optimization and reduces user operations.

l

Manual frequency optimization: After selecting some cells in the interference matrix related to a frequency analysis task and setting algorithm parameters related to frequency optimization, you can enable the Nastar to analyze the frequency interference of the BCCH ARFCN and TCH ARFCNs selected from the candidate ARFCNs of a measurement cell according to the settings. This helps you select appropriate BCCH ARFCNs and TCH ARFCNs for measurement cells.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Choose Theme Function > GSM Frequency Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 2 Select a GSM frequency analysis task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the analysis result, and then choose Frequency Optimization from the shortcut menu. The GSM Frequency Optimization window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

If you have queried the GSM frequency optimization report, the default settings of query conditions in the displayed dialog box are the same as the settings of the last time. The default settings of query conditions are saved in the \client\plugins\NastarPA\style\conf\FreqConf directory. The query conditions of each frequency analysis task are saved in a file. Step 5 Set the parameters related to frequency optimization on the Algorithm Parameters tab page, and then click OK. l Double-click a cell in the ARFCN Spacing Rule Setting area to set the rules for separating ARFCNs. For details about rules, see 9.1.4 GSM ARFCN Spacing Rules. on the right of the BCCH ARFCN Range Setting, TCH ARFCN Range l Click Setting, or VIP Cell Group Setting area, and then select candidate BCCH ARFCNs or TCH ARFCNs and VIP cell groups. The Nastar supports frequency analysis and optimization in the case that identical candidate ARFCNs of BCCH ARFCNs and TCH ARFCNs can be configured during the setting of BCCH ARFCN and TCH ARFCN ranges. The identical candidate ARFCNs cannot be automatically filtered out. The Nastar supports the function of rendering ARFCNs according to frequency spacing rules. For details, see 9.1.4 GSM ARFCN Spacing Rules. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

l Select either of the following frequency configurations in Base on What Configured Frequency. – Original: indicates that the current frequency configuration on the network is used for frequency optimization. – Last Modified: indicates that the frequency configuration modified last time is used for frequency optimization. Step 6 View analysis results in the GSM Frequency Optimization dialog box. 1.

Select a cell from the cell list on the left of the displayed window. You can press Ctrl+F to search for an object.

2.

Select an appropriate frequency optimization mode as required. If you need to...

Then...

Enable automatic frequency optimization

Perform 6.3 through 6.4.

Enable manual frequency optimization

Perform 6.5 through 6.6.

3.

Click on the upper left of the window. The GSM Automatic Frequency Optimization dialog box is displayed.

4.

On the Optimize Parameters tab page, specify Phase Optimize Range, ARFCN Type, and Optimize Loop Count. Then, click OK.

5.

On the BCCH tab page, query the configured BCCH ARFCN and candidate BCCH ARFCNs of the selected cell. On the TCH tab page, query the configured TCH ARFCNs and candidate TCH ARFCNs of the selected cell. Based on the settings of algorithm parameters, the Nastar calculates and determines the ARFCNs that meet co-cell configuration rules, ARFCNs that meet co-site configuration rules, and ARFCNs that meet neighboring cell configuration rules, providing basic information for frequency optimization. In the chart area in the lower part of the window, legends in different colors show the interfered traffic, traffic that causes interference to other cells, total interfered traffic last time, total original interfered traffic, and total interfered traffic of the selected cell. Current indicates the information about ARFCNs of the serving cell. Adjacent indicates the information about ARFCNs of the neighboring cell. on the upper left of the window. In the displayed Frequency Usage Analysis Click dialog box, view the usage of current BCCH ARFCNs and TCH ARFCNs to ensure the frequency usage.

6.

Optional: You can perform operations on the BCCH or TCH tab page as required. If you need to...

Then...

Add an ARFCN

a. Select an unconfigured ARFCN, and then select it in the corresponding check box in the Configured column or click

on the upper left of the window.

b. Click on the upper left of the window to make all the settings take effect.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

252

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Delete an ARFCN

a. Select a configured ARFCN, and then select it in the corresponding check box in the Configured column or click

on the upper left of the window.

b. Click on the upper left of the window to make all the settings take effect.

After the submit operation, you can click or on the upper left of the window to navigate through the interfaces for displaying the interference of the ARFCNs before and after the submit operation. This helps you analyze the variation of the interference of the ARFCNs before and after frequency optimization, determining the probability of performing frequency optimization. NOTE

l If an ARFCN is already configured as the BCCH ARFCN for the selected measurement cell, according to Spacing Rules of ARFCNs, this ARFCN cannot be configured as the TCH ARFCN even if it is within the range of candidate TCH ARFCNs. Otherwise, the Nastar displays an error message, indicating that the ARFCN is already configured. l If an ARFCN is configured as the TCH ARFCN for a measurement cell, the neighboring ARFCNs of the configured TCH ARFCN cannot be configured as TCH ARFCNs. l If you add an ARFCN that violates frequency spacing rules, a dialog box is displayed. In this case, you need to click Yes to add the ARFCN.

----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click in the result list and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file.

Related References 9.10.7 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results

9.7 Exporting GSM Frequency Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM frequency analysis reports. You can export the queried frequency analysis results as .csv, .xls or .xlsx files and import these files into the other software for solving cell frequency interference problems in networks.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried the GSM frequency analysis reports. For details, see 9.5 Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results.

l

Perform the following operations as required:

Procedure

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

If you need to... Export frequency overview information

Export the interference information about a specified cell

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Then... Click in the GSM Frequency Analysis window. Click in the GSM Frequency Analysis window.

Export the detailed information about Click in the GSM Frequency Analysis the interference matrix on the entire window. network NOTE In File Type, select .txt. The exported data can be directly imported into the Cellopt software for replanning network frequencies. If the BTS name of the serving cell and the BTS name of the interfered cell are blank, the Nastar does not search for the related information from engineering parameters and configuration data. In this case, you need to check the integrity of the engineering parameters and configuration data.

Export checked result of interference matrix

Export possible neighboring cell analysis results Export an interference comparison analysis report

Click in the GSM Frequency Analysis window. Click in the GSM Frequency Analysis window. 1. Click in the GSM Frequency Analysis window. The Select Two Task to Compare dialog box is displayed. 2. Click tasks.

to choose the names of the two

3. Click OK. The Interference Compare Result dialog box is displayed. The following tab pages are present on the displayed dialog box: Overview Compare, BSC Compare, and Cell Compare. 4. Right-click the query result, and then choose Save As to save the query result. – The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

– Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled. on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the – You can click waiting or running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the You can click completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information about – You can click an export task in the completed state. – The analysis result is exported as a .csv, .xls and .xlsx file. NOTE

l Exporting neighboring cell overview information is to export the information about all the measurement cells involved in the selected analysis task. l Exporting the interference information about a specific cell is to export the information about the mutual interference between a measurement cell and its neighboring cells and the frequency interference matrix of the measurement cell. l Exporting the detailed information about the interference matrixes on the entire network is to export the information about frequency interference matrixes involved in all the measurement cells. l Exporting checked result of interference matrix is to measured the accuracy of the interference matrix information generated by the Nastar system from the multiple dimensions. l Exporting possible neighboring cell analysis results is to export the information about the possible neighboring cells of all the measurement cells.

----End

9.8 Exporting GSM Frequency Optimization Reports This section describes how to export GSM frequency optimization reports. You can export the queried frequency optimization results as .csv, .xls, or .xlsx files for further comparison and analysis.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried the GSM frequency optimization reports. For details, see 9.6 Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results.

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the GSM Frequency Optimization window. The Save dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the file name and specify the file type and path to save the file. Then, click Save. The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task. l Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

255

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

l You can click

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the waiting or

running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. You can click on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information about an l You can click export task in the completed state. Step 3 Optional: Export frequency analysis prediction reports. Exporting frequency analysis prediction reports is to export prediction reports before and after a specific measurement cell is optimized. 1.

in the Frequency Optimization window. The Interference Compare Result Click dialog box is displayed. The following tab pages are present on the displayed dialog box: Overview Compare, BSC Compare, and Cell Compare.

2.

Right-click the query result and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu. The Save dialog box is displayed.

3.

Set the file name and specify the save path and file type. Then, click Save.

----End

9.9 Technical Specifications for GSM Frequency Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM frequency analysis. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task



Indicates the threshold of adjacent-channel interference. This parameter can be set to any integer from -12 to 0. The default value is -6. Unit: dB

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

267

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Parameter

Description

ALL Direction Gain

Indicates the omnidirectional gain of an antenna. This parameter can be set to any integer from 0 to 15. The default value is 11. Unit: dBi

Specified Direction Gain

Indicates the directional gain of an antenna. This parameter can be set to any integer from 0 to 25. The default value is 17. Unit: dBi

Max Distance of Co-BCCH and BSIC Check of Neighboring Cells(km)

Indicates the maximum distance the Nastar searches for cells that share the same BCCH ARFCN and the same BSIC with the measurement cell. This parameter can be set to any floating-point value from 0.0 to 20.0. The default value is 5.0. Unit: km

Frequency Analysis Algorithm

Supports Relating BA2 and Not Relating BA2 algorithms.

Typical Site Distance(km)

Indicates the distance between typical sites. Based on this distance, the system calculates a threshold to filter analysis results.

In normal cases, Relating BA2 is recommended. If the number of BCCH ARFCNs is smaller than 32, and if the BCCH ARFCNs in the modified BA2 list are used, you can select Not Relating BA2 to perform the frequency analysis. This improves the analysis efficiency and reliability.

Value range: [0.1,35.0]. Default value: 0.5. Unit: km.

Related Tasks 9.4 Creating GSM Frequency Analysis Tasks

9.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM frequency analysis results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM frequency analysis results.

Test Cell Overview Information

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

BSC Name

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a test cell belongs to, for example, BSC_1.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

268

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Test Cell

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a test cell, for example, Cell_1.

Test Cell CGI

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the global ID of a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a test cell.

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of a test cell.

MCC[000 to 999] MNC[000 to 999] LAC [1,65533], [65535] CI [0,65535] BCCH

[0,1023] 1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to EGSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

BSIC

Consists of the following parts: NCC[0,7] BCC[0,7] BSIC=NCC* 10+BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

269

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Number of CoBCCHdefined Neighbor s and Neighbor s of Tested Cells' Defined Neighbor s

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Total number of co-BCCH neighboring cells = Number of co-BCCH neighboring cells for the test cell + Number of co-BCCH neighboring cells for the neighboring cells

Probable CoInterfere nced Traffic by neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the number of MRs received by the test cell from the neighboring cells that share the same BCCH ARFCN with the test cell.

Probable AdjInterfere nced Traffic by neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the number of MRs received by the test cell from the neighboring cells that have neighboring ARFCNs of the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell.

Probable CoInterfere nced Traffic to neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the number of MRs received by the neighboring cells that share the same BCCH ARFCN with the test cell.

Probable AdjInterfere nced Traffic to neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the number of MRs received by the neighboring cells that have neighboring ARFCNs of the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

270

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Total Number of Measure ment Reports on Test Cells

[0,+∞)

Nu mb er

Indicates the total number of downlink MRs received by the test cell within the measurement period.

Proximat e CoChannel Neighbor ing Cell Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

km

Indicates the distance from the test cell to the nearest intrafrequency neighboring cell.

Neighboring Cell-Test Cell Interference Matrix Detail

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Interfere nce Cell

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a cell that causes interference to the test cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

271

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Interfere nce Cell BCCH Frequenc y

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for an interfering cell.

Interfere nce Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of an interfering cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to EGSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC[0,7] BSIC=NCC*1 0+BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Neighbor ing Cell Property

Defined neighboring cell, Undefined neighboring cell

N/ A

Indicates the attributes of an interfering cell.

Overlapp ing Traffic

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the number of MRs received by the test cell from the intra-frequency neighboring cells and adjacentchannel neighboring cells.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

272

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

Un it

Description

Percenta ge of CoInterfere nced Traffic by Neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is set to be the same as that of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the following formula: Percentage of Co-Interference Traffic by Neighbor(%) = Traffic affected by the interference from a co-channel neighboring cell to the test cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during the measurement period x 100%

Percenta ge of AdjInterfere nced Traffic by Neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH of the test cell is set to the frequency adjacent to the BCCH of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Percentage of Adj-Interferenced Traffic by Neighbor(%) = Traffic affected by the interference from an adjacentchannel neighboring cell to the test cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during measurement period x 100%

Probable CoInterfere nced Traffic by Neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from a neighboring cell to the test cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is the same as that of the neighboring cell.

Probable AdjInterfere nced Traffic by Neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from a neighboring cell to the test cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is a neighboring ARFCN for the BCCH ARFCN of the neighboring cell.

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

km

Indicates the distance from the test cell to a neighboring cell.

Test Cell-Neighboring Cell Interference Matrix Detail

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Interfere d Cell

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a cell interfered by the test cell

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

273

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Interfere d Cell BCCH

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for an interfered cell.

Interfere d Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of an interfered cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to RGSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC[0,7] BSIC=NCC*10+BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Neighbor ing Cell Property

Defined neighboring cell, Undefined neighboring cell

N/ A

Indicates the attributes of an interfered cell, such as Defined Neighboring Cell and Undefined Neighboring Cell.

Overlapp ing Traffic

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the number of MRs received by the intra-frequency neighboring cells and adjacentchannel neighboring cells from the test cell.

Percenta ge of CoInterfere nced Traffic to Neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is set to be the same as that of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Percentage of Co-Interference Traffic to Neighbor(%) = Traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to the co-channel neighboring cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during measurement period x 100%

Percenta ge of AdjInterfere nced Traffic to Neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is set to the frequency adjacent to the BCCH of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Percentage of Adj-Interference Traffic to Neighbor(%) = Traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to the adjacent-channel neighboring cell/ Number of reports generated by the test cell during measurement period x 100%

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

274

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Probable CoInterfere nced Traffic to Neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to a neighboring cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is the same as that of the neighboring cell.

Probable AdjInterfere nced Traffic to Neighbor

[0,+∞)

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to a neighboring cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is a neighboring ARFCN for the BCCH ARFCN of the neighboring cell. k m

Indicates the distance from the test cell to an interfered cell.

Frequency Interference Matrix

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

BCCH Frequenc y

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the BCCH ARFCNs of the defined and undefined neighboring cells of the test cell

Traffic of Test Cell Caused by Neighbor ing Cell Interfere nce

[0,+∞)

N/ A

If this ARFCN of the test cell is set to the BCCH ARFCN, the value of this parameter is the total volume of the interfered traffic of the test cell. The interfered traffic is caused by the cochannel and adjacent-channel neighboring cells for the test cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to RGSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

275

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Traffic of Neighbor ing Cell Caused by Test Cell Interfere nce

[0,+∞)

N/ A

If this ARFCN of the test cell is set to the BCCH ARFCN, the value of this parameter is the total volume of the interfered traffic of the cochannel and adjacent-channel neighboring cells. The interfered traffic is caused by the test cell.

Proximat e CoChannel Neighbor ing Cell Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

k m

If this ARFCN of the test cell is set to the BCCH ARFCN, the value of this parameter is the distance from the test cell to the nearest intrafrequency neighboring cell.

BCCH Configured Frequency Cell List Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Interfere nce Cell BCCH Frequenc y

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for an interfering cell.

Interfere nce Cell BSIC

Consists of the following parts:

N/ A

Indicates the base station identity code of an interfering cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to RGSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900.

NCC[0,7] BCC[0,7] BSIC=NCC*10+BCC

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

276

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Interfere nce Cell ID

[0 to 2047]

N/ A

Indicates the number of an interfering cell.

Interfere nce Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a cell that causes interference to the test cell.

Neighbor ing Cell Property

Defined neighboring cell, Undefined neighboring cell

N/ A

Indicates the attributes of an interfering cell, such as Defined Neighboring Cell and Undefined Neighboring Cell.

Percenta ge of CoInterfere nced Traffic by neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is the same as that of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Value = Traffic affected by the interference from the co-channel neighboring cell to the test cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during the measurement period x 100%

Percenta ge of AdjInterfere nced Traffic by neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is set to a neighboring ARFCN for the BCCH ARFCN of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Value = Traffic affected by the interference from the adjacent-channel neighboring cell to the test cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during the measurement period x 100%

Probable CoInterfere nced Traffic by neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from a neighboring cell to the test cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is the same as that of the neighboring cell.

Probable AdjInterfere nced Traffic by neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from a neighboring cell to the test cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is a neighboring ARFCN for the BCCH ARFCN of the neighboring cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

277

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

Percenta ge of CoInterfere nced Traffic to neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH of the test cell is set to be the same as that of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Value = Traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to the co-channel neighboring cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during the measurement period x 100%

Percenta ge of AdjInterfere nced Traffic to neighbor (%)

[0,100.00]

%

If the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is set to a neighboring ARFCN for the BCCH ARFCN of a neighboring cell, the value of this parameter is calculated according to the formula: Value = Traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to the adjacent-channel neighboring cell/Number of reports generated by the test cell during the measurement period x 100%

Probable CoInterfere nced Traffic to neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to a neighboring cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is the same as that of the neighboring cell.

Probable AdjInterfere nced Traffic to neighbor

[0,+∞)

N/ A

Indicates the total traffic affected by the interference from the test cell to a neighboring cell when the BCCH ARFCN of the test cell is a neighboring ARFCN for the BCCH ARFCN of the neighboring cell.

Distance (km)

[0,+∞)

k m

Indicates the distance from the test cell to a neighboring cell.

Related Tasks Querying GSM Cell Frequency Interference Matrix Analysis Results

9.10.7 Parameters for Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM frequency optimization results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM frequency optimization results.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

278

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Current Measurement Cell Paramet er

Range

U ni t

Description

BSC Name

1 to 32 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of the BSC that a test cell belongs to, for example, BSC_1.

Cell Name

1 to 64 characters

N/ A

Indicates the name of a test cell, for example, Cell_1.

BCCH

[0,1023]

N/ A

Indicates the broadcast control channel for a test cell.

1 to 124: belong to PGSM; 128 to 251: belong to GSM850; 0, 975 to 1023: belong to E-GSM; 955 to 974: belong to R-GSM; 811 to 885: belong to DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to DCS1800 when the high band supports DCS1800; 512 to 810: belong to PCS1900 when the high band supports PCS1900. LAC

[1,65533],[65535]

N/ A

Indicates the location area code of the selected test cell.

CI

[0,65535]

N/ A

Indicates the identification code of the selected test cell.

TCH

N/A

N/ A

Indicates traffic channels for the selected test cell.

Total MR

[0,+∞)

Nu m be r

Indicates the total number of MRs of the serving cell.

BCCH/TCH ARFCNs

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Configur ed

Yes, No

N/A

Indicates whether the current ARFCN is configured as the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARCFN of the selected test cell.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

279

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

ARFCN

N/A

N/A

Indicates the configured and candidate BCCH ARFCNs and TCH ARFCNs of the test cell.

Cell with the Strongest Interfere nce

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the cell that has the strongest interference over the test cell.

Cell Measure d or Not

Yes, No

N/A

Indicates whether the cell with the strongest interference over the test cell is within the interference matrix, that is, whether the cell with the strongest interference is measured. The value can be Yes or No. Yes indicates that the cell with the strongest interference over the test cell is within the interference matrix, that is, the cell with the strongest interference is measured. In such a case, External Interference Traffic of this ARFCN is reliable. No indicates that the cell with the strongest interference over the test cell is not within the interference matrix, that is, the cell with the strongest interference is not measured. In such a case, External Interference Traffic of this ARFCN is unreliable.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Maximu m Interfere nce Traffic

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the maximum interference traffic received by the test cell when the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARFCN of the test cell is configured as the current candidate ARFCN.

Total Interfere nce Traffic

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the total interference traffic received from and caused to other cells when the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARFCN of the test cell is configured as the current candidate ARFCN.

Interfere d Traffic

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the total interference traffic received from other cells when the BCCH/TCH of the test cell is configured as the current candidate ARFCN.

External Interfere nce Traffic

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the total interference traffic caused to other cells when the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARFCN of the test cell is configured as the current candidate ARFCN.

Interfere nce Traffic to VIP Cells

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the total interference traffic caused to other VIP cells when the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARFCN of the test cell is configured as the current candidate ARFCN.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

280

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Latest Total Interfere nce Traffic

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the total interference traffic received from and caused to other cells when the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARFCN of the test cell is configured as the current candidate ARFCN after the latest frequency optimization is performed.

Original Total Interfere nce Traffic

[0, +∞)

N/A

Indicates the total interference traffic received from and caused to other cells when the BCCH ARFCN or a TCH ARFCN of the test cell is configured as the ARFCN of the live network.

Related Tasks 9.6 Querying GSM Frequency Optimization Results

9.11 How Do I Handle the Failure to Execute a GSM Frequency Analysis Task Whose Progress Bar Stays at 13% or 75% But the Task Status is Displayed As Finished? This section describes the cause of the failure to execute a GSM frequency analysis task and how to solve the problem.

Symptom The progress bar of a running GSM frequency analysis task stays at 13% or 75%. The execution result is Failed, but the task status is Finished. Error information is displayed in task logs. To check error information, do as follows: l

Log in to the Nastar server and query DS running logs. The following or similar error information is displayed: 02-23 13:32:08,687 id: 2811 02-23 13:32:08,687 (?,?,?,?,?,?) 02-23 14:05:13,965 02-23 14:05:13,965 02-23 14:05:13,966 02-23 14:05:14,541 02-23 14:05:14,541

Thread-12475 : Task id: 1307 Task type id: 104 Task result Thread-12475 : Stored procedure: call process_gsmfrequency Thread-12475 Thread-12475 Thread-12475 Thread-12475 Thread-12475

: : : : :

xavier:rstatus-600 analysisData rstatus is : -600 0223BSC6000-8:end to analysis data 0223BSC6000-8:task end task Complete running Queue size:1

NOTE

The DS logs are saved in /opt/Nastar/ds/var/logs on the Nastar of a version earlier than V600R008C00SPC300. The DS logs are saved in /opt/Nastar/var/logs/ds/default/ on the Nastar of V600R008C00SPC300 or a later version.

l

Open /opt/oracle/oradb/diag/rdbms/imapdb/imapdb/trace/ on the Nastar server and query logs in the alert_imapdb.log file. The following or similar information is displayed: ORA-00600: internal error code, arguments: [15160], [], [], [], [], [], [], []

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

281

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

9 GSM Frequency Analysis

Cause The preceding logs indicate that the Oracle database experiences the error ORA-00600. This error is caused by the defect of the Oracle database software. The solution to this defect has been incorporated into Oracle 11.2.0.1. However, this defect still exists in the Oracle version used with the Nastar.

Troubleshooting To solve this problem, do as follows: 1.

Log in to the Nastar server as user oracle.

2.

Run the following command to open the Oracle database: sqlplus / as sysdba

3.

Run the following command to set parameter values in the Oracle database: Alter system set "_optimizer_null_aware_antijoin"=false; Alter system set "_OPTIMIZER_PUSH_PRED_COST_BASED" =false;

4.

Log in to the Nastar client.

5.

Run the GSM frequency analysis task again.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

282

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

About This Chapter The GSM uplink interference analysis function enables you to obtain GSM uplink interference analysis data, create GSM uplink interference analysis tasks, and query GSM uplink interference analysis reports. By analyzing uplink level of cells, the Nastar displays the signal strength of the measurement ARFCNs of some cells in the analysis results, helping you select appropriate ARFCNs according to the actual situation. 10.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis This section provides the basic knowledge of GSM uplink interference analysis. The GSM uplink interference analysis function is used to analyze the diverse average interference strength and main average interference strength of uplink levels. In the network planning, this function enables network planning engineers to look for the frequency resources that are not interfered on the network. In network optimization, this function enables network planning engineers to look for the frequency resources with better quality for the cells with interference sources according to the analysis of measurement results. In network monitoring, this function can be used to monitor the interference levels of the network. 10.2 Process of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis This section describes the process of GSM uplink interference analysis. 10.3 Obtaining GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM uplink interference analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database. 10.4 Creating GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM uplink interference analysis tasks. After you create an uplink interference analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM configuration data, GSM uplink interference data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the received signal strength of the measurement frequency of a cell, which provides references for selecting a proper operating frequency. 10.5 Querying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM uplink interference analysis results. Through this function, you can learn the received signal strength of the measured ARFCNs of some cells and select appropriate operating ARFCNs. 10.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

283

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

This section describes the technical specifications for GSM uplink interference analysis. 10.7 Reference for the GSM Uplink Interference Analysis GUI This section describes the interface for GSM uplink interference analysis and the relevant parameters. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of GSM uplink interference analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

284

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

10.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis This section provides the basic knowledge of GSM uplink interference analysis. The GSM uplink interference analysis function is used to analyze the diverse average interference strength and main average interference strength of uplink levels. In the network planning, this function enables network planning engineers to look for the frequency resources that are not interfered on the network. In network optimization, this function enables network planning engineers to look for the frequency resources with better quality for the cells with interference sources according to the analysis of measurement results. In network monitoring, this function can be used to monitor the interference levels of the network. The uplink interference analysis aims at testing uplink levels. The analysis results reflect the strength of the signals received by the measurement cell at the measurement ARFCNs. Engineers can select appropriate operating frequencies according to analysis results. Huawei's BTSs can scan the received levels at uplink of all frequencies in the following frequency bands: GSM850 frequency band (869 MHz to 893 MHz), GSM900 frequency band (890 MHz to 915 MHz), GSM1800/PCS1900 frequency band (1805 MHz to 1880 MHz/1930 MHz to 1989 MHz), E-GSM extended frequency band (880 MHz to 890 MHz), and R-GSM extended frequency band (876 MHz to 880 MHz). That is, Huawei's BTSs can scan the strength of the interference signals in the frequency bands ranging from 876 MHz to 915 MHz and from 1805 MHz to 1880 MHz. The principles of the frequency analysis for the BTS of the Huawei BTS3X series are as follows: In the case that normal calls are not affected, the uplink interference analysis function is used to perform the cycling test by using the IDLE frame of a TCH within the measurement cell and scan the received levels at uplink of the specified frequencies (When the BSC allocates this channel, the TCH at the TRX where the BCCH is configured is preferred). The TCH channel adopts the structure of 26 multiframes. Each TCH multiframe contains an IDLE frame. The period of the IDLE frame on the TCH channel is 120 ms, which is calculated in the formula: 26 multiframes x 0.577 (Burst length) x 8 (TDMA frame) = 120 ms. In practice, each frequency is measured 10 times, and about one minute is spent on measuring 50 frequencies. An uplink interference analysis task records a maximum of 124 measurement frequencies. Thus, about three minutes is spent on measuring these 124 frequencies. After you set the conditions of uplink interference analysis, the Nastar starts to analyze the uplink interference for the selected cells. The analysis results are displayed in a histogram or line chart to show the diverse average interference strength and main average interference strength of each frequency at different time and in different colors.

10.2 Process of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis This section describes the process of GSM uplink interference analysis. Figure 10-1 shows the process of GSM uplink interference analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

285

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Figure 10-1 Process of GSM uplink interference analysis

Table 10-1 describes each procedure shown in Figure 10-1. Table 10-1 Process of GSM uplink interference analysis

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

No.

Procedure

Description

1

Create a GSM uplink Interference analysis data E2E task

You need to choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management on the Nastar client to open the E2E Task Management window and then create a E2E task. After you create the task, the Nastar issues MML commands to the M2000, and then the M2000 issues the received MML commands to the corresponding NE. At last, the NE performs the measurement task.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

286

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

No.

Procedure

Description

2

Create an uplink interference analysis data importing task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window, and then create an uplink interference analysis data importing task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically imports the files containing uplink interference analysis data saved on the Nastar server to the database.

3

Check the integrity of uplink interference analysis data

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, double-click System Function > Data Query. In the Data Query window, check whether all the data required for GSM uplink interference analysis is imported into the database.

4

Create an uplink interference analysis task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create an uplink interference analysis task. After you create the task, the Nastar periodically obtains the required uplink interference analysis data and GSM configuration data from the Nastar database, and then generates an analysis report through the analysis.

5

Query uplink interference analysis results

You can browse the analysis result after the uplink interference analysis task is successfully performed. The Nastar ranks interference signals on the BCCH and TCH frequencies in all cells and determines whether the uplink signal interference exists in some cells, thus providing references for you to select proper operating frequencies.

10.3 Obtaining GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM uplink interference analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database.

10.3.1 Creating GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data E2E Tasks After a user creates an E2E task on the Nastar, the Nastar sends MML commands to the related NE through the M2000. The NE then performs the task and reports the measurement result to the M2000.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The OSS and NEs related to the analysis task are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

Configuration data is imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

287

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Context You are advised to observe the E2E task for five minutes to check whether the task is executed normally after you create the E2E task by performing the following steps. If Status of the E2E task is still Running after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task is executed normally. If Status of the E2E task is Complete or Failed after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task fails to be executed. Note that the Nastar monitors the tasks by checking the task status on the M2000 at an interval of five minutes.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the OSS Name drop-down list box, select an OSS for the task.

3.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 Set Run Type, Time Setting, and Cycle Setting. Cycle Setting needs to be set only when Execution Type is set to Cycle Task. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set the E2E analysis task. 1.

In the Time(Minute) field, set the total duration that a measurement task is performed.

2.

In Cell Parameter Setting, select the cells and frequency bands to be measured.

3.

a.

Select the frequency band used by the cell from the Frequency Segment drop-down list box.

b.

In the object navigation tree, set the cells related to the task. A maximum of 124 objects can be selected.

Set the ARFCNs to be measured in Frequency Parameter Setting. a.

You can select the required frequency type from the Frequency Type drop-down list box.

b.

Optional: If you set Frequency Type to User Defined in The Frequency Segment, select the ARFCNs to be measured from the ARFCN list. The selected ARFCNs are displayed in orange.

Step 8 Click Complete. The added GSM uplink interference analysis data E2E task is displayed in the task list. ----End Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

288

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Attribute.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task

Click Refresh.

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

Related References 10.7.2 Parameters of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis E2E Tasks 10.7.2 Parameters of GSM Uplink Interference Analysis E2E Tasks

10.3.2 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 10-2 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

289

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Table 10-2 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

290

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

-

291

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 10-2.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

292

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3.

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click . In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time. You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required. If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

10.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

293

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 10-3 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types. Table 10-3 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

294

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

295

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 10-3. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

10.4 Creating GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM uplink interference analysis tasks. After you create an uplink interference analysis task, the Nastar periodically analyzes GSM configuration data, GSM uplink interference data, and engineering parameters in the Nastar database. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the received signal strength of the measurement frequency of a cell, which provides references for selecting a proper operating frequency.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 10.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed only once.

l

A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

296

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 On the Parameters tab page, set Uplink Interference Analysis Parameter. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set the Task Type to One-time. Step 8 Set the time range and the start time of the task. The existing data is displayed in table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. In a data table, blue cells indicate that theme data at the current time is normal, yellow cells indicate that configuration data at the current time is normal, and green cells indicate that both theme data and configuration data at the current time is normal. The method for specifying the time range varies according to the selected analysis object. If...

Then...

NE is selected

1. Set the time range in either of the following methods: l Method 1: Set Time Range according to the existing data status displayed on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Method 2: Specify the analysis time range by pressing and dragging the mouse in the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. The time in Time Range will automatically refresh to the specified time. NOTE l If no theme data is available in the specified time range, and if no configuration data is available before the end time for an analysis task, the task will fail. l Press and hold the mouse to specify the continuous period in a line of the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Press and hold Ctrl+Shift to select multiple lines of data for analysis.

2. Set Execution Delay. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

297

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

If...

Then...

NE Group is selected

Set Time Range and Execution Delay.

Step 9 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 10.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Tasks 10.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Tasks

10.5 Querying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM uplink interference analysis results. Through this function, you can learn the received signal strength of the measured ARFCNs of some cells and select appropriate operating ARFCNs.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

298

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM uplink interference analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Theme Function > GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you click the Theme Function node, the task list in the right pane displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a GSM uplink interference analysis task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result, or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Result from the shortcut menu. The GSM Uplink Frequency Interference Analysis window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Select the information about a measurement cell from the list on the left of the GSM Uplink Frequency Interference Analysis window, and then browse Test Frequency Interference Strengthand Uplink Frequency Scanning Result of the selected measurement cellin the right pane. l On the right pane: – The bar chart shows the interference strength of all the measured ARFCNs in selected cell at a certain time. – The line chart shows the interference strength of a certain ARFCN in the selected cell during the measurement period. – You can right-click a chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. NOTE

When you check a theme analysis result in the GSM MR Analysis Task, GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task, GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task, GSM Frequency Analysis Task, or GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task, the Nastar can enable you to navigate to the analysis results of different tasks if other themes have analysis results of specified cells and time segments. Right-click a cell and choose Jump To > GSM *** Analysis Task from the shortcut menu to view the analysis results ( *** indicates the five analysis tasks).

----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click the list on the left of the GSM Uplink Frequency Interference Analysis window and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

299

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

10 GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Related References 10.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Results 10.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Results

10.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Uplink Interference Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM uplink interference analysis. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task

E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 Set Begin Time and End Time, and select one or multiple NEs from the NE list.

CAUTION You must consider the time zone difference between the Nastar and the SAU when setting the task execution range. For example: The Nastar delivers an E2E task to be executed from 04:00 to 05:00. The local time on the SAU is two hours later than the local time on the Nastar server. In this case, the SAU preprocesses and reports the data related to the E2E task to the Nastar server after 06:00 in the local time on the Nastar server. Therefore, the Nastar completes E2E tasks in a four-hour delay to ensure that all required data is collected to the Nastar server. You are advised to create an E2E task one day before creating a theme analysis task. The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set the exception value for each KPI in the exception value setting list. Step 8 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Property.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Click Refresh.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

319

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

11.4.2 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 11-3 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks. Table 11-3 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

320

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

321

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

322

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 11-3.

3.

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click

. In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time.

You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

323

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required. If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

11.4.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 11-4 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

324

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Table 11-4 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

325

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

326

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 11-4. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

11.5 Creating a GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task This section describes how to create a GSM terminal inventory analysis task. After you create a GSM terminal inventory analysis task, the Nastar obtains and analyzes the call records of all subscribers for the selected NEs. You can query the analysis results to know about terminal inventory information and terminal performance information on the live network.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 11.4.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed only once.

l

A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

327

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 Click Next. Step 6 Set the Task Type to One-time, set the time range and the start time of the task. Step 7 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

11.6 Querying GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM terminal inventory analysis results. The analysis results help you collect statistics on terminal inventory information and analyze related KPIs to learn about the performance of various types of terminals on a GSM network. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

328

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to perform the terminal inventory analysis function.

l

A terminal inventory analysis task is executed successfully.

Procedure Step 1 In the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window, click GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Results from the shortcut menu. The GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Click the Terminal Inventory Analysis tab to query terminal inventory information. 1.

In the Analysis Dimension area, the proportions of terminals on the live network are displayed for the selected analysis item in a pie chart. If you want to query the distribution proportions of terminals of different vendors on the live network, select Vendor in Analysis Dimension.

2.

In Top N, set the number of records to be displayed. Press Enter. If you want to query the distribution proportions of terminals of top 10 vendors with the most occupancy, set Top N to 10. After the setting, the pie chart is divided into 11 parts, including the distribution proportions of terminals of top 10 vendors and the distribution proportion of terminals of all other vendors.

3.

Query statistical results in the pie chart. Legends are displayed on the right of the pie chart. If a property is not defined for a certain type of terminals in the Terminal Type Management window and if this property is selected as an analysis item, this property is identified by [IMEI-TAC].

4.

Query statistical results in the table. Information in the table is consistent with that in the pie chart. You can query the number of terminals of a certain type and the proportion of these terminals on the live network by an analysis item. You can right-click statistical results and choose Save As from the shortcut menu to export statistical results as a .csv file.

Step 6 Click the Terminal Performance Analysis tab to analyze terminal performance. 1.

Select terminal performance KPIs to be analyzed from the navigation tree on the left. The KPIs are classified by terminal properties, terminal capability, and GSM performance KPI.

2.

Query the values of terminal performance KPIs for each type of terminals in the upperright table.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

329

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3.

11 GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Select a terminal type in the upper-right table, and query the values of KPIs for this type of terminals in each cell in the lower-right table.

----End

11.7 Exporting GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM terminal inventory analysis reports. You can export the queried terminal inventory analysis results and terminal performance analysis results as .csv files.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried GSM terminal inventory analysis results. For details, see 11.6 Querying GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Results.

l

Export terminal inventory analysis reports.

Procedure

l

1.

On the Terminal Inventory Analysis tab page of the GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task window, click Export Inventory Analysis Report. The Save dialog box is displayed.

2.

Set a file name and specify a save path and file type. Then, click Save. The system exports terminal inventory analysis reports of all analysis dimensions.

Export a terminal performance analysis report for a specified type of terminals. 1.

On the Terminal Performance Analysis tab page of the GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task window, select a certain type of terminals.

2.

Click Export Performance Analysis Report for the Selected Terminal. The Save dialog box is displayed.

3.

Set a file name and specify a save path and file type. Then, click Save.

----End

11.8 Technical Specifications for GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task

Nastar PA to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Log in to the client as user A. 4. Create three VIP groups, namely, VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c. For details about how to create VIP groups, see 12.3 Managing GSM VIP groups.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

355

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Scenario

Operation Procedure

Scenario 2

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin.

User A needs to create a VIP analysis task named X. Only the three VIP groups (VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c) created by user A are involved in this analysis task.

2. Assign user A operation rights to VIP analysis tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM VIP Analysis to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Log in to the client as user A. 4. Create a VIP analysis task named X. For details about how to create VIP analysis tasks, see 12.6 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Tasks.

Scenario 3 User A needs to create a VIP analysis task named Y. Two VIP groups (VIP_d and VIP_e) created by user B are involved in this analysis task.

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin. 2. Assign user A view rights to VIP_d and VIP_e. In the Select Domain dialog box, add VIP_d and VIP_e under All Objects > Network Device > Object Set > Subnet Device Set to Selected devices and object sets, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Assign user A operation rights to VIP analysis tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM VIP Analysis to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 4. Log in to the client as user A. 5. Create a VIP analysis task named Y. For details about how to create VIP analysis tasks, see 12.6 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Tasks.

Scenario 4

Log in to the client as user A.

User A needs to query analysis task X created by user A.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

356

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Scenario

Operation Procedure

Scenario 5

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin.

User B needs to query analysis task X created by user A. Three VIP groups (VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c) created by user A are involved in this analysis task.

2. Assign user B view rights to VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c. In the Select Domain dialog box, add VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c under All Objects > Network Device > Object Set > Subnet Device Set to Selected devices and object sets, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Assign user B view rights to VIP analysis tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM VIP Analysis Task View to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 4. Log in to the client as user B. 5. Query analysis results and trend analysis results of VIP analysis task X. For details about how to query VIP analysis results and VIP trend analysis results, see 12.7 Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results and 12.8 Querying GSM VIP Trend Analysis Results.

Scenario 6 User B needs to modify detailed information about VIP groups VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c created by user A.

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin. 2. Assign user B view rights to VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c. In the Select Domain dialog box, add VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c under All Objects > Network Device > Object Set > Subnet Device Set to Selected devices and object sets, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Assign user B management rights to VIP groups. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > VIP Group Management to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 4. Log in to the client as user B. 5. In the VIP Group Management window, modify detailed information about these VIP groups.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

357

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Scenario

Operation Procedure

Scenario 7

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin.

User B needs to query detailed information about VIP groups VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c created by user A.

2. Assign user B view rights to VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c. In the Select Domain dialog box, add VIP_a, VIP_b, and VIP_c under All Objects > Network Device > Object Set > Subnet Device Set to Selected devices and object sets, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Log in to the client as user B. 4. In the VIP Group Management window, double-click each VIP group to query detailed information.

12.2 Process of GSM VIP Analysis This section describes the process of GSM VIP analysis. Figure 12-1 shows the process of GSM VIP analysis. NOTE

Required rights must be assigned to users to properly perform VIP analysis tasks. For details about authority policies, see 12.1.2 Authority Policies for GSM VIP Analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

358

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Figure 12-1 Process of GSM VIP analysis

Table 12-2 describes each procedure shown in Figure 12-1. Table 12-2 Description of GSM VIP analysis process

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

No.

Procedure

Description

1

Manage GSM VIP groups

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can enter the VIP group management window to create VIP groups and subscribers required for VIP analysis. After creating VIP groups and subscribers, the Nastar performs VIP analysis by VIP subscriber or VIP group.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

359

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

No.

Procedure

Description

2

Create a GSM VIP analysis data E2E task

You can choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management on the Nastar client to open the E2E Task Management window and then create a E2E task. After you create the task, the Nastar issues rule files to the M2000, and then the M2000 sends the rule files to the related SAU. Then, the SAU performs the measurement task.

3

Create a GSM VIP analysis data import task

You can choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM VIP analysis data import task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically imports the GSM VIP data files saved on the Nastar server into the database.

4

Check the integrity of GSM VIP analysis data

You can double-click System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client to open the Query Data dialog box and then verify that all the required GSM VIP analysis data is imported into the database.

5

Create a GSM VIP analysis task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create a GSM VIP analysis task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically retrieves GSM VIP analysis data and GSM configuration data from the database, analyzes the retrieved data, and then generates analysis results.

6

Query GSM VIP analysis results

You can view the analysis results of the GSM VIP analysis tasks that are executed successfully and also perform comprehensive analysis on maps.

12.3 Managing GSM VIP groups This section describes how to manage GSM VIP groups. The function of managing GSM VIP groups enables you to create VIP groups so that you can monitor the service quality of VIP subscribers in a VIP group, and modify, delete, and export the existing VIP groups.

Context IMSI refers to the international mobile subscriber identity. The IMSI is a 15-digit string formed by digits 0 to 9. The structure of the IMSI from the left to the right is MCC+MNC+MSIN. The MNC and the MSIN forms the NMSI. Where: l

MCC refers to the mobile country code of a mobile subscriber.

l

MNC refers to the mobile network code, namely, the PLMN code of a mobile subscriber. PLMN refers to the public land mobile network.

l

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

MSIN refers to the mobile subscriber identification number.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

360

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

l

12 GSM VIP Analysis

NMSI refers to the national mobile subscriber identification. This identification can uniquely identify an MS in a country.

The VIP group file to be imported must include the following fields: Group Name, Priority, and Description, as shown in Table 12-3. The match sequence of columns is restricted and automatic matching of columns is not supported. Table 12-3 Example of a VIP group file VIP Group

Number of Members

Level

Creator

Creation Time

Description

Group1

50

High

admin

2010-05-10 08:30:10

Second level director of ** Group

Group2

100

Low

admin

2010-05-11 09:40:50

Project manager of ** Group

The import and export of VIP group files in .csv, .xls, and .xlsx formats are supported. NOTE

Generally, obtain the IMSI and MSISDN of a VIP user and enter them into the Nastar. If telecom operators have high requirements for user information security and the anonymous policy is enabled on the network where the Nastar is deployed, all user information such as IMSI, MSISDN, and IMEI contained in the analysis data will be encrypted. To protect the security-sensitive user information, the Nastar no longer allows you to enter the plaintext IMSI and MSISDN. In this situation, you need to contact telecom operators to obtain the encrypted IMSI and MSISDN. Telecom operators can visit http:// support.huawei.com and choose Software Center > Controlled Tool(Mini-tool Software) > Core Network Product Line > Wireless-OSS > iManager M2000-II > HMACUtil to obtain the tool to encrypt user information.

Procedure Step 1 Double-click Function List > System Function > VIP Group Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The VIP Group Management dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also choose Function List > System Function > VIP Group Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The VIP Group Management window is displayed.

Step 2 On the GSM VIP tab page, create a VIP group. l Create a VIP group by adding a new VIP group. 1.

Click New. The GSM VIP Group Management-Create VIP Group dialog box is displayed.

2.

Set Group Name, Class, and Description. If the asterisk (*) is present on the right of a parameter, it indicates that the setting of this parameter is mandatory.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

361

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3.

12 GSM VIP Analysis

In the Members list, you can add, import, export modify, and delete a VIP group. If...

Then...

Create a VIP subscriber

a. Click Create. The VIP User Management dialog box is displayed. b. Set User Name, Phone, IMSI, and Description. If the asterisk (*) is present on the right of a parameter, it indicates that the setting of this parameter is mandatory. For details about parameters, see 12.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Subscribers/VIP Groups. c. Click OK.

Import VIP subscriber information

Click Import. If an .xls or .xlsx file is imported and the file contains multiple sheets, a message is displayed for you to select the sheet to be imported. If file import fails, a message is displayed for you to show the failure cause. You can modify the file as required and import it again.

Export VIP subscriber information

Click Export. The VIP subscriber information is exported as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file. NOTE If an exported file is in the .CSV format, do not edit it in Excel. It is advised that you edit it using Windows Notepad. Otherwise, the file cannot be imported correctly.

Modify VIP subscriber information

In the Members list, select one VIP subscriber then click Modify to set parameters related to the VIP subscriber again. You can modify the user name, MS number, and description information, but cannot modify the IMSI. For details about parameters, see 12.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Subscribers/VIP Groups.

Delete a VIP subscriber

4.

In the Members list, select one or multiple VIP subscribers. Click Delete.

Click OK.

l Create a VIP group by importing a VIP group file.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

1.

Click Import. The Open dialog box is displayed.

2.

Select a VIP group file, and then click Open.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

362

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

If an .xls or .xlsx file is imported and the file contains multiple sheets, a message is displayed for you to select the sheet to be imported. NOTE

l If multiple lines of information about Priority and Description for a VIP group are inconsistent in the imported VIP group file, the system imports the last line of information and displays the information in Priority and Description on the GSM VIP Group tab page. It is recommended that the description and priority information in different lines regarding a VIP group be the same when you define the VIP group information. l If the Priority column is empty, Medium is displayed by default.

3.

Click Modify. The GSM VIP Group Management-Modify VIP Group dialog box is displayed.

4.

You can add, import, export modify, and delete a VIP group, for details, see Table.

5.

Click OK.

----End

Follow-up Procedure On the GSM VIP Group tab page, select the information about a VIP group, and then perform the operations as required. If...

Then...

Modify a VIP group

Click Modify to set parameters related to the VIP group again. For details about parameters, see 12.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Subscribers/ VIP Groups. NOTE If the VIP group is used by other tasks, the modification does not affect the ongoing tasks. If the VIP group is used by a periodic task, the related information is updated in the next period after the modification.

Export a VIP group

Click Export.

Delete a VIP group

Click Delete. NOTE If the VIP group is used by other tasks, the modification does not affect the ongoing tasks. If the VIP group is used by a periodic task, the related information is updated in the next period after the modification.

View the information about members of a VIP group

Double-click a VIP group to view members of the VIP group.

Related References 12.10.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Subscribers/VIP Groups

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

363

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

12.4 Obtaining GSM VIP Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM VIP analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database.

12.4.1 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Data E2E Tasks This section describes how to create a E2E task. After you create an E2E task, the Nastar issues rule files to the M2000 and then the M2000 sends rule files to the related SAU. The SAU performs the raw data pre-processing tasks through the rule files, and then generate the pre-processed data. The Nastar create the data collection task automatically to collect the pre-processed data from the SAU to the Nastar.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The OSS and NEs related to the analysis task are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

Configuration data is imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

l

The data source is subscribed and the status is On.

Context You are advised to observe the E2E task for five minutes to check whether the task is executed normally after you create the E2E task by performing the following steps. If Status of the E2E task is still Running after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task is executed normally. If Status of the E2E task is Complete or Failed after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task fails to be executed. Note that the Nastar monitors the tasks by checking the task status on the M2000 at an interval of five minutes. The following rules apply when users select VIP subscriber groups to create E2E VIP analysis tasks under a certain network format: l

For summarization analysis, a Nastar server supports a maximum of 30,000 VIP subscribers selected for all concurrent E2E tasks created under each network format.

l

For thoroughly analysis, a Nastar server supports a maximum of 2000 VIP subscribers selected for all concurrent E2E tasks created under each network format.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

364

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 Set Begin Time and End Time, and select one or multiple NEs from the NE list.

CAUTION You must consider the time zone difference between the Nastar and the SAU when setting the task execution range. For example: The Nastar delivers an E2E task to be executed from 04:00 to 05:00. The local time on the SAU is two hours later than the local time on the Nastar server. In this case, the SAU preprocesses and reports the data related to the E2E task to the Nastar server after 06:00 in the local time on the Nastar server. Therefore, the Nastar completes E2E tasks in a four-hour delay to ensure that all required data is collected to the Nastar server. You are advised to create an E2E task one day before creating a theme analysis task. The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. Step 6 Click Next. In the VIP group list, select one or multiple VIP groups, and then select Report Raw Data as required. If you select Report Raw Data, it indicates that the Nastar also displays the collected raw call data when displaying the VIP KPI aggregation information. Step 7 Click Complete. The added E2E task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Property.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task

Click Refresh.

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

365

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Related References 12.10.4 Parameters of GSM VIP Analysis Data E2E Tasks

12.4.2 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 12-4 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks. Table 12-4 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

366

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

367

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

368

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 12-4.

3.

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click

. In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time.

You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

369

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

12.4.3 Checking the Integrity of VIP Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context The data for VIP analysis includes configuration data and VIP analysis data.

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type to *** VIP analysis data on the left of the Query Data dialog box. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

370

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Select the VIP group to be queried in the VIP group navigation tree. Step 6 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. l The Overview tab page displays NEs with data and the data time range (start time and end time) of the NEs. The start time and end time are the actual time when the data is generated, but not the time when the data is imported into the Nastar database. l Each NE Name tab page displays detailed hourly data of an NE with data. On the tab page, green cells indicate that VIP analysis data is available in the hour; white cells indicate that no VIP analysis data is available in the hour. If the data has been subscribed, the E2E task, the data collection task, and the data import task is normal, but no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support personnel. ----End

12.5 Setting a Mailbox for Sending Analysis Reports After a mailbox for sending analysis reports is set, the Nastar can send the generated analysis reports to the specified mailboxes through the mailbox.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E-mail Sending Setting. The Email Sending Setting window is displayed. Step 2 Set the parameters for the mailbox. For details about parameters, see 12.10.7 Parameters for Setting the Mailbox of Analysis Results. Step 3 Click OK. ----End

Follow-up Procedure When creating a VIP analysis task, you can select the mailbox that is already set or select an FTP server to send VIP analysis reports.

Related References 12.10.7 Parameters for Setting the Mailbox of Analysis Results Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

371

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

12.6 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM VIP analysis tasks. After a GSM VIP analysis task is created, the Nastar aggregates and analyzes the service call report quantity, traffic, and KPIs of a VIP subscriber or a VIP group. This helps to solve subscriber-level network optimization problems so that service quality of VIP subscribers is ensured and VIP subscriber satisfaction is improved.

Prerequisites l l

You have logged in to the Nastar client. Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 12.4.3 Checking the Integrity of VIP Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed once or periodically. A periodic task is performed by hours, days, or weeks. A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context l

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select one or multiple VIP groups. Step 5 On the VIP KPI tab page, set the threshold of each KPI. l If the KPI value of a subscriber does not reach the threshold, this KPI is considered as a problem KPI or a deteriorating KPI. l Double-click a cell corresponding to a KPI in the Threshold column and keep the pointer in the cell for several seconds. The threshold range of the KPI is displayed. l To apply the modified threshold to subsequent VIP analysis tasks, click Apply. To restore the modified threshold to the initial value, click Default. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set the execution time for the task.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

If...

Then...

Task Type is set to One-time

Set the time range and the start time of the task.

Task Type is set to Period

Set the start time, the period, and the number of execution times.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

372

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Step 8 Click Next. Step 9 Optional: Set relevant parameters on the Sending Analysis Reports Setting tab page to enable the Nastar to automatically send VIP analysis results to multiple mailboxes through e-mail. l Select Auto-send analysis reports by email. l Set the parameters of Sending Content. The default value is Statistical report. l Set the parameters of Address. Click Add to select the mailboxes for sending the reports. NOTE

In the Analysis Task Management window, double-click System Function > Auto Distribute User Management to set the mailbox for sending VIP analysis results. Alternatively, you can click Create to create a new mailbox or click Import to import the information about the existing mailboxes in batches.

l Email Subject and Email Content retain the default values and cannot be modified. Step 10 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended.

, or right-click

Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 12.10.5 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM VIP Analysis Tasks Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

373

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

12.7 Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM VIP analysis results. By monitoring the number of service call reports, traffic, and KPIs of the selected VIP subscriber, you can learn about the quality of service (QoS) of the VIP subscriber and identify and solve the network problems that may cause VIP complaints.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM VIP analysis task reaches 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM VIP Analysis Task node in the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. If you click the Theme Function node, the task list in the right pane displays all analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a task from the task list in the upper right pane. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the window. If a theme analysis task is executed more than 30 days, only result records of the latest 30 days are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created VIP analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed more than 30 days (if the task execution period is 12 hours, the task is executed more than 60 times), the result record on September 1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are reserved when the task is executed on October 1, 2010. Step 4 Double-click an analysis result, or right-click an analysis result and choose View Analysis Result from the shortcut menu. The GSM VIP Analysis Task window is displayed. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 View the GSM VIP analysis results in the GSM VIP Analysis Task window. 1.

Select an object type to be queried on the right of the toolbar, including ALL, Group, or User.

2.

Select a VIP subscriber record or records of a VIP group from the list in the left pane.

3.

View the detailed information about relevant KPIs and their variation trends in charts on the CS Service KPI and Active Cell tab pages. For details about the parameters, see 12.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results. l The charts that show KPI variation trends can be displayed on the CS Service KPI tab page only after a VIP subscriber is selected as an analysis object. You can double-click a chart to zoom in and then double-click the chart again to restore it to the normal size. l On the Active Cell tab page, query active cell analysis results of the selected VIP group or VIP subscriber.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

374

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Click in the upper part of the VIP group overview table, and click in the upper left of the Nastar client window to open the Network Geographic Observation window. – The node corresponding to the selected theme is added to the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window. The naming convention of the theme node is Network system_Task name. The added node contains subnode Active Cell and various KPI nodes. For details about the KPIs, see Description of Parameters Related to Active Cell KPIs in 12.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results. – If multiple VIP analysis result windows related to one network system are opened at the same time, the GIS window can synchronously display information of one analysis result window. Only one theme node is displayed in the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window and corresponds to the VIP analysis results related to one network system. – If the VIP analysis result window that is synchronously displayed with the GIS window is closed, the theme node corresponding to the VIP analysis task is automatically deleted from the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window, and the rendering layer corresponding to the VIP analysis results is also automatically deleted from the map area on the right. – When you open the GIS window initially, active cell nodes and KPI nodes under a theme node are not selected by default. The geographic information can be displayed only after a node under the theme node is selected. – After you select the Active Cell node under a theme node in the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window, all active cells related to the VIP groups or VIP subscribers involved in the currently selected analysis task are rendered in the map area on the right. – If cells whose engineering parameters are not imported exist, a message is displayed on the right of the window. – In the active cell list on the right of the VIP analysis result window, select a cell record. The selected cell is centered and rendered in the map area of the GIS window. Only one active cell can be selected at a time. – If multiple VIP analysis result windows related to different network systems are opened and the GIS synchronous display function is enabled, multiple render layers are automatically loaded in the map on the right after you select active cell nodes or KPI nodes under multiple theme nodes in the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window. After you clear the check boxes before the nodes, the render layers are automatically deleted from the map. – After you select a KPI node under a theme node in the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window, all active cells corresponding to the KPI for the VIP groups or VIP subscribers involved in the currently selected analysis task are rendered in segment in the map area on the right. to open the Layer – The selected KPI corresponds to a layer. You can click Management dialog box and query the layer information. – The system collects KPI results corresponding to each cell and dynamically separates these results into N parts (a maximum of five parts) on average to render them in different colors. Each KPI result segment is rendered by one color. Step 6 Start further analysis for one VIP subscriber. If certain KPIs of a VIP subscriber are abnormal according to the query result, further analysis is required. You can select the basic information of the VIP subscriber and then choose Deep Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

375

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Analysis from the shortcut menu, or click function for further analysis.

12 GSM VIP Analysis

button to start the complaint analysis support

For the description of the related parameters, see 13.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results. NOTE

KPIs in GSM VIP analysis results are statistical KPIs. If combined call records related to inter-BSC handovers fail to be analyzed, these call records are not collected for KPI statistics. Call records that are combined successfully are displayed in the further analysis window. Therefore, the statistical results of KPI analysis may be inconsistent with the statistical results of further analysis in some scenarios. In normal cases, the number of call records in further analysis is equal to or greater than the number of call records in KPI analysis.

----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click in the result list and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv file.

Related References 12.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results

12.8 Querying GSM VIP Trend Analysis Results The Nastar provides functions for querying the analysis results of GSM VIP trends, such as setting trend analysis parameters, querying trend analysis results, and drilling down through trend analysis results. By analyzing the trends based on periodic analysis results, the Nastar helps network optimization engineers identify the KPI change trends during the monitoring and optimization VIP KPIs. This implements further problem analysis and location.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

A periodic GSM VIP analysis task is created.

Procedure Step 1 Choose GSM VIP Analysis from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list in the right pane displays all analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a record of the period task from the task list in the upper right pane. All the analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Right-click the selected analysis result from the analysis result list in the lower right pane, and choose Trend Analysis from the shortcut menu. The Trend Analysis Setting window is displayed. If a theme analysis task is executed for more than 30 days, the result records of only the last 30 days for the task are displayed in the analysis result list. For example, the start time of a created VIP analysis task is September 1, 2010. If the task is executed for more than 30 days (if the task period is 12 hours, the task is executed for more than 60 times), the result record on September Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

376

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

1, 2010 will be deleted and the result records of 30 days from September 2, 2010 to October 1, 2010 are saved when the task is executed on the 31st day. Step 4 In the Trend Analysis Setting window, set trend analysis attributes, as shown in Table 12-5. Table 12-5 Setting trend analysis attributes Tab Page

Setting Description

User Object

Selects VIP groups for trend analysis. Only the VIP groups selected during the creation of a VIP analysis task are displayed. By default, all VIP groups selected during the creation of a VIP analysis task are selected.

Counter

Selects KPIs to be analyzed. You can select multiple KPIs at a time and set KPI search criteria.

Time

Specifies the time range for trend analysis. l Time dimension cannot be changed and must be consistent with the setting for a periodic task. If the execution period is Day for a created periodic task, Time dimension is set to Day. l Continuous period indicates that the KPI trends during a continuous period are analyzed. If Time dimension is set to Day or Week, set the start date and end date. If Time dimension is set to Hour, set the start date and end date and specify exact hours for the dates. l Specified period indicates that the KPI trends during multiple continuous periods are analyzed. NOTE The number of the analysis results in the selected time range can not be more than 30.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

377

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Tab Page

Setting Description

Set Filter Criteria

Obtains required subscribers for analysis. For example, if you want to obtain subscribers whose total number of initial access requests is greater than 10 and number of abnormal call releases is greater than 2 during three consecutive periods, do as follows: 1. Click Add. The Add Filter Criteria dialog box is displayed. 2. Set Criterion Name. 3. On the Counter tab page, click Object. 4. In the Select Counter dialog box, select required KPIs, and click OK. For example, select Total number of initial access requests and Number of abnormal call releases. 5. On the Counter tab page, select a KPI and specify its value range. For example, specify the value of Total number of initial access requests greater than 10 and the value of Number of abnormal call releases greater than 2. 6. In the lower part of the Counter tab page, set the And and Or relationships between the selected KPIs. For example, set the And relationship for Total number of initial access requests > 10 and Number of abnormal call releases > 2. 7. On the Time tab page, specify the time range meeting filter criteria. For example, select N continuous periods and set N to 3. 8. Click OK.

Step 5 Click OK. The GSM VIP Trend Analysis window is displayed. Step 6 Query trend analysis results. 1.

Select an object to be queried in the left pane. By default, all users and KPIs are selected.

2.

On the Chart tab page in the right pane, query the trend analysis chart. The x-axis of the chart indicates the task execution period and displays time information about all periodic tasks. Detailed time information and value are displayed after you click a point in a chart. For details about the trend analysis chart, see 12.10.2 Interface for GSM VIP Trend Analysis.

3.

On the Table tab page in the right pane, query the trend analysis table. The trend analysis table contains all parameter values of the selected objects during the specified periods.

Step 7 Optional: Drill down through trend analysis results. If you find that the value of a KPI at the certain time is abnormal during the trend analysis within the specified period, you can drill down through the detailed analysis results for this KPI during a certain period using the time drilldown function. Click Drill Down Results and choose the analysis period to switch to the VIP analysis result window. ----End Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

378

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Follow-up Procedure l

Click Export... on the toolbar to export trend analysis reports in .csv format of the following dimensions: All, VIP group, and VIP subscriber.

l

Click Trend Analysis Attributes on the toolbar to query the trend analysis attributes.

12.9 Technical Specifications for GSM VIP Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM VIP analysis. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of subscribers supported by one analysis task

l For summarization analysis, a Nastar server supports a maximum of 30,000 VIP subscribers selected for all concurrent E2E tasks created under each network format. l For thoroughly analysis, a Nastar server supports a maximum of 2000 VIP subscribers selected for all concurrent E2E tasks created under each network format.

Number of concurrent tasks

" l Unique and not null l Case sensitive

Task Type

Choose the task type from the navigation tree.

Remarks

Provides the description of the task. Value range: l A maximum of 200 characters l The following characters are not allowed: ~ ! # $ % ^ * + = | \ / , ' `

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

386

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Task Time Information Parameter

Description

Task Type

l One-time: The system executes the created tasks only once at the specified time. l Period: The system executes the created tasks periodically at the preset time.

One-time task

Time Range

Only the data generated between the start time and the end time will be analyzed. The start time should precede the end time, and the end time should precede the locale system time.

Delayed

If you do not select it, the system will execute the task immediately. If you select it, the system will execute the task at the time of the Execution Delay.

Periodic task

Executio n Delay

Indicates the specified execution time of the task.

Start Time

Indicates date for starting a task. The start time should be later than the current server time.

The parameter should not precede the end time of the Time Range.

l If the period is one hour, the task is performed at 00:00 at the set date. l If the period is one day, the task is performed at 00:00 at the next day after the set date. l If the period is one week, the task is performed at 00:00 at the first day in the next week after the set date. Executio n Delay

Indicates the time delayed for running a task. Value range: 1 to 24. Unit: hour. The parameter must be used with Start Time. After this parameter is set, the Nastar will execute the task certain hours later than 00:00 of the specified day in Start Time. NOTE To ensure that data can be obtained completely after the task execution, you need to set the time of execution delay.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Period

Indicates the interval between periodic tasks.

Number of executio n times

Indicates the times that a periodic task is executed. If this parameter is set to 0, you can infer that the task is executed all the time. Value range: 0 to 9999. This parameter is valid for only periodic tasks.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

387

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

VIP Information Parameter

Description

Group Name

Indicates the name of a VIP group.

Number of Members

Indicates the number of members in the VIP group.

Report Raw Data

Indicates that the raw call data is also collected during the collection of the KPI aggregation information of all VIP objects of the selected VIP groups, thus helping to analyze problems thoroughly.

Last update time

l When the IMSI information of the VIP E2E tasks in the running state is changed, it displayed the time when the IMSI information is changed. l When the VIP E2E task is new, it displayed NA.

Description

Indicates the description of the VIP group.

Type

The VIP analysis tasks involve the service type. This field is read-only.

KPI name

Indicates the name of a KPI. This field is read-only.

Criterion

Indicates the relation of the KPI and the threshold.

Threshold

Indicates the threshold of a KPI. In the analysis report of the corresponding task, if the KPI value of a corresponding user does not reach the threshold, it is considered that this is a problem KPI or deteriorated KPI. This parameter can be null. That is, no threshold is provided.

Email Sending Information Parameter

Description

Auto-send analysis reports by email

After you select this option, the system delivers the VIP analysis result file to the mailboxes of the specified users.

Sending Content

Indicates the report type. The default value is Statistical Report.

Address

Indicates the mailbox to which the file is to be sent.

Subject

Indicates the title of an email. Users are not allowed to change the value of this parameter.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

388

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Parameter

Description

Content

Indicates the contents of an email. Users are not allowed to change the value of this parameter.

Related Tasks 12.6 Creating GSM VIP Analysis Tasks

12.10.6 Parameters for Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for querying GSM VIP analysis results. You can refer to the description when querying GSM VIP analysis results.

KPIs in CS domain Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Total Number of Initial Access Requests

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the total number of voice call access requests (channel requests) when obtaining IMSIs.

Total Number of Successf ul Call Setups

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the total number of successful voice call setups. Subscriber-level successful voice call setups are evaluated by the subscriber experience, including the following: 1. The Connect Acknowledge message or the Disconnect message is received properly, and a call is terminated by the peer MS. 2. The Clear command message is received, and a call is released properly by the network or the local/peer MS.

Call Setup Success Rate (%)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the voice call setup success rate. Call Setup Success Rate = Total number of successful voice call setups/Total number of initial voice call access requests x 100%

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

389

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Number of Abnorma l Call Releases

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the total number of abnormal voice call releases. A voice call that is set up successfully is regarded as abnormal release in one of the following situations: 1. The Disconnect message contains abnormal cause (signaling) during call release. 2. The Clear command message is received, and the call is released abnormally by the network or the local/peer MS. 3. An outgoing BSC handover fails. 4. An intra-BSC handover fails. 5. The BSC releases the call abnormally. 6. The MSC releases the call abnormal.

Number of Abnorma l Call Rate (%)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Average Originate d-call Access Delays (seconds)

N/A

Sec ond

Indicates the abnormal voice call release rate. Abnormal voice call release rate = Total number of abnormal call releases after the successful call setup/Total number of voice calls connected after successuful setup x 100% Indicates the average access duration for an originated-call. The originated-call access duration refers to the duration from Channel Request to Assignment Complete during call setup. Average originated-call access duration = Total originated-call access duration/Total number of collected originated-call access durations Where, Access duration for an originated-call = Assignment Complete time - Channel Request time

Average Originate d-call Setup Delay (seconds)

N/A

Sec ond

Indicates the average duration for setting up an originated-call. The originated-call setup duration refers to the duration from Channel Request to Alerting. Average originated-call setup duration = Total originated-call setup duration/Total number of collected originated-call setup durations Where, Duration for setting up an originated-call = Alerting time - Channel Request time

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

390

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Average Terminat ed-call Access Delays (seconds)

N/A

Sec ond

Indicates the average access duration for a terminated-call. The terminated-call access duration refers to the duration from Channel Request to Assignment Complete during call setup. Average terminated-call access duration = Total terminated-call access duration/Total number of collected terminated-call access durations Where, Access duration for a terminated-call = Assignment Complete time - Channel Request time

Average Terminat ed-call Setup Delay (seconds)

N/A

Sec ond

Indicates the average duration for setting up a terminated-call. The terminated-call setup duration refers to the duration from Channel Request to Alerting. Average terminated-call setup duration = Total terminated-call setup duration/Total number of collected terminated-call setup durations Where, Duration for setting up a terminated-call = Alerting time - Channel Request time

Average Duration (seconds)

[0, +∞)

Sec ond

Indicates the average duration for initiating a voice call successfully. This parameter indicates the average call duration. Duration for a call = Disconnect time - Connect Acknowledge time

Number of Short Calls

[0, +∞)

Tim e

Indicates the number of short voice calls. This parameter specifies call release initiated by subscribers due to one-way audio, crosstalk, or crank calls. If the actual voice call duration is shorter than the short call threshold (specified in Service Average Duration during task creation, the call is considered as a short call.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

391

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Uplink OneWay Audio Rate (%)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the proportion of one-way audio on the uplink related to voice services. Proportion of Uplink one-way audio for voice services = Total number of times Uplink one-way audio/Total number of successful call setups x 100% This parameter can only show the one-way audio caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. Oneway audio caused by Um interface problems or A interface problems is not contained. The principle for detecting uplink one-way audio is as follows: The DSP on a DPU board of the BSC periodically measures frame error rate for the TRAU frames transmitted on the uplink. If the frame error rate reaches the threshold, the BSS regards this situation as primary uplink one-way audio and starts the acknowledgment mechanism. Then, the BSC instructs the BTS to send a test TRAU frame. If the TC subrack does not receive the test frame within the specified period, the BSS regards this situation as uplink one-way audio.

Downlin k OneWay Audio Rate (%)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the proportion of one-way audio on the downlink related to voice services. Proportion of Downlink one-way audio for voice services = Total number of times Downlink one-way audio/Total number of successful call setups x 100% This parameter can only show the one-way audio caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. Oneway audio caused by Um interface problems or A interface problems is not contained. The principle for detecting downlink one-way audio is as follows: The DSP on a DTRU board of the BTS periodically measures frame error rate for the TRAU frames transmitted on the downlink. If the frame error rate reaches the threshold, the BSS regards this situation as primary uplink one-way audio and starts the acknowledgment mechanism. Then, the BSC instructs the TC subrack to send a test TRAU frame to the BTS. If the BTS does not receive the test frame within the specified period, the BSS regards this situation as downlink one-way audio.

Uplink/ Downlin k no Audio Rate (%)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the proportion of no audio on both the uplink and downlink related to voice services. Proportion of Uplink/Downlink no audio for voice services = Number of times Uplink no audio and Downlink no audio for voice services/Total number of successful call setups x 100%

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

392

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Uplink Crosstalk Rate (%)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the proportion of crosstalk on the uplink related to voice services. Proportion of Uplink crosstalk for voice services = Total number of Uplink crosstalk/Total number of successful call setups x 100% This counter can only show the crosstalk caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. The crosstalk caused by the Um interface problem or A interface problem cannot be detected. The principle for detecting the crosstalk on the uplink is as follows: The DSP on a board of the BTS inserts the unique identification into the idle bit in a TRAU frame on the uplink. Then, the DSP on a board in the TC subrack decodes and verifies the consistency of unique call identification. If the DSP detects the inconsistency of unique call identification for several consecutive times, the BSS regards this situation as uplink crosstalk.

Downlin k Crosstalk Rate (%)

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the proportion of crosstalk on the downlink related to voice services. Proportion of Downlink crosstalk for voice services = Total number of Downlink crosstalk/Total number of successful call setups x 100% This counter can only show the crosstalk caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. The crosstalk caused by the Um interface problem or A interface problem cannot be detected. The principle for detecting the crosstalk on the downlink is as follows: The DSP on a board in the TC subrack inserts the unique identification into the idle bit in a TRAU frame on the downlink. Then, the DSP on a board in the BTS decodes and verifies the consistency of unique call identification. If the DSP detects the inconsistency of unique call identification for several consecutive times, the BSS regards this situation as downlink crosstalk.

Average Uplink HQI

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the average uplink High Quality Indicator (HQI) related to voice services. HQI reflects the voice quality level, including eight levels from 0 to 7. Level 0 indicates the best voice quality. In the CHR for BSC6900 V900R011 and later versions: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 3/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100% In the CHR for BSC6000 V900R008: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 5/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100%

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

393

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Average Downlin k HQI

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the average downlink HQI related to voice services. HQI reflects the voice quality level, including eight levels from 0 to 7. Level 0 indicates the best voice quality. In the CHR for BSC6900 V900R011 and later versions: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 3/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100% In the CHR for BSC6000 V900R008: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 5/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100%

Average Uplink VQI

[1.0 0,5. 00]

N/A

Indicates the average uplink Voice Quality Index (VQI) related to voice services. VQI is the Mean Opinion Score (MOS) and indicates the quality of voice calls. The greater the VQI value is, the better the voice call quality is. Value range: [1, 5] Average Uplink VQI of voice service = Total Uplink VQI/Total number of Uplink VQI tests

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Number of InterRAT Outgoing HO Comman ds

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of times handover from the GSM network to a different network is initiated during voice services. The counter increased by 1 every time the BSC successfully sends a handover command.

Number of Successf ul InterRAT Outgoing HOs

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of successful handovers from the GSM network to a different network during voice services.

Number of Call Drops During InterRAT Outgoing HO

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of call drops during handovers from the GSM network to a different network in voice services. That is, the number of times the MSC clear CMD message is received during handovers.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

394

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Number of InterRAT Incoming HO Comman ds

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of times handover from a different network to the GSM network is initiated during voice services.

Number of Successf ul InterRAT Incoming HOs

[0, +∞)

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of successful handovers from a different network to the GSM network is initiated during voice services.

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

BSC Name

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the BSC that an active cell belongs to.

Cell Name

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of an active cell.

Active cell KPIs

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

395

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

CGI

MC CMN CLA CCI

N/A

Indicates the global ID of an active cell.

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of signaling accesses of a VIP group or a VIP subscriber in an active cell.

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of abnormal signaling accesses of a VIP group or a VIP subscriber in an active cell.

MC C [000 , 999] MN C [00, 99] LA C [0,6 553 5] CI [0,6 553 5]

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Number of Call Accesses

[0, +∞)

Number of Abnorma l Call Accesses

[0, +∞)

Number of Call Releases

[0, +∞)

Number of Abnorma l Call Releases

[0, +∞)

The method for collecting statistics on this counter is the same as that on Service Total number of initial access requests.

Number of abnormal call setup = Number of call accesses Number of successful call setups The method for collecting statistics on this counter is the same as that on Service Total number of successful call setups.

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of signaling releases of a VIP group or a VIP subscriber in an active cell.

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of abnormal signaling releases of a VIP group or a VIP subscriber in an active cell.

The method for collecting statistics on this counter is the same as that on Service Total number of successful call setups.

The method for collecting statistics on this counter is the same as that on Service Number of Abnormal Call Releases.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

396

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

12 GSM VIP Analysis

Related Tasks 12.7 Querying GSM VIP Analysis Results

12.10.7 Parameters for Setting the Mailbox of Analysis Results This section describes the parameters for setting the mailbox of analysis results. You can refer to this part when you set mailboxes.

Parameter Description Parameter

Description

SMTP Host Name or Address

Refers to the address of the sending email server.

outgoing email address

Refers to the email of the sender.

Authenticate user name and password

Indicates that the authentication is required when you log in to the email server.

The address can be either an IP address or a domain name. For example, 10.0.0.1 or mail.yourdomain.com.

If you select this option, you need to set User Name and Password. If you do not select this option, the User Name and Password are unavailable. User Name

Refers to the user name used to log in to the email sending server.

Password

Refers to the password used to log in to the email sending server.

Related Tasks 12.5 Setting a Mailbox for Sending Analysis Reports

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

397

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

About This Chapter The GSM complaint analysis support function enables you to create complaint analysis support tasks, query complaint analysis support results, and export complaint analysis support reports from the Nastar. After receiving a subscriber complaint, the Nastar can quickly searches for all call records of the complaint subscriber in a problem cell based on the known problem cell and International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the complaint subscriber, and called number of the complaint subscriber. Through the analysis of causes of exceptions such as access failure, handover failure, and abnormal call drop, the Nastar helps you locate and solve complaint problems. Normally there is no way to avoid that some user data such as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) will be used during the troubleshooting. However, this function provides an anonymous data processing method. You are obligated to take considerable measures, in compliance with the laws of the countries concerned and the user privacy policies of your company, to ensure that the personal data of users is fully protected. 13.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Complaint Analysis Support This section describes the basic knowledge of GSM complaint analysis support, including GSM complaint analysis support function and authority policies for GSM complaint analysis support. 13.2 Process of GSM Complaint Analysis Support This section describes the process of GSM complaint analysis support. 13.3 Creating GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks This section describes how to create GSM complaint analysis support tasks. After receiving a GSM subscriber complaint, you can create a GSM complaint analysis support task on the Nastar to search for the subscriber call records related to the complaints based on the problem cell and international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) of the complaint subscriber. This helps you analyze and locate problems. 13.4 Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results This section describes how to query GSM complaint analysis support results. Through this function, you can view subscriber call records and detailed information about each record. The Nastar provides information about the MS capability, access and release, and service quality regarding each call record to assist you in determining the network location where problems occur and the possible causes. 13.5 Exporting GSM Complaint Analysis Support Reports

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

398

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

This section describes how to export GSM complaint analysis support reports. You can export the queried complaint analysis support results as .xls or .xlsx files as required, which helps in determining the network location where the problem occurs and the possible causes. 13.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Complaint Analysis Support This section describes the technical specifications for GSM complaint analysis support. 13.7 Reference to the GSM Complaint Analysis Support Interface This section describes the interface for GSM complaint analysis support and the relevant parameters. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of GSM complaint analysis support.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

399

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

13.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Complaint Analysis Support This section describes the basic knowledge of GSM complaint analysis support, including GSM complaint analysis support function and authority policies for GSM complaint analysis support.

13.1.1 GSM Complaint Analysis Support Function This section describes how to use the Nastar to perform GSM complaint analysis support based on call records of GSM subscribers before and after complaints. This helps to locate and solve complaint problems.

Complaint Analysis Support The Nastar obtains the call event records of complaint subscribers, and then filters, aggregates, and analyzes data based on a specified history period and detailed call records of subscribers in a specified area, assisting in locating and solving problems. The complaint analysis support consists of the aggregation and analysis of cause types in call reports of complaint subscribers, aggregation and analysis of information about call reports of complaint subscribers, analysis of detailed information about call reports of complaint subscribers, analysis of procedure before signaling release in call reports of complaint subscribers, and analysis of active cells in call reports of complaint subscribers. l

The aggregation and analysis of cause types in call reports of complaint subscribers help network engineers filter and aggregate call reports based on exception causes. Causes are classified into five types: non-exception, setup failure, abnormal release, QoS problem, and other. For details about cause types, see Table 13-1. Table 13-1 Cause type and related description Cause Type

Description

Non-exception

Indicates that the call is normally released.

Setup Failure

Indicates that the call fails to be set up.

Abnormal Release

Indicates that the call is abnormally released because of abnormal release of the TCH.

QoS Problem

Indicates that the call is normally released and one-way audio, crosstalk occurs or HQI smaller than 50 during the call process.

Other

Indicates that the call is released because of other exceptions.

l

The aggregation and analysis of information about call reports of complaint subscribers provide an overview of information about all the filtered call reports. The information includes the access time, access cell, release time, release cell, IMSI, IMEI, and service duration. This function helps network engineers quickly identify abnormal call reports (for example, too-short-time call reports) and preliminarily learn about the situation of complaint subscribers.

l

The analysis of detailed information about call reports of complaint subscribers provides the detailed information about all the filtered call reports. The information includes the

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

400

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

subscriber information, call access information, call release information, and handover information. This function helps network engineers learn the key events that occur during calls, service usage, and measurement reports (MRs) before signaling release, accurately and quickly assisting in problem location. l

The analysis of procedure before signaling release in call reports of complaint subscribers provides the detailed procedure before signaling release of all the filtered subscribers. This function helps network engineers locate problems based on the information before signaling release.

Limitations The GSM complaint analysis support function requires raw call records of complaint subscribers. The amount of raw data is huge. Therefore, a limitation must be imposed to prevent system overload in the case of concurrent operations by a large number of users. Therefore, if IMSI is used to identify complaint subscribers, the maximum number of complaint subscribers selected in a complaint analysis support task cannot exceed 2,000; if peer MSISDN is used to identify complaint subscribers, the maximum number of complaint subscribers selected in a complaint analysis support task cannot exceed 200. NOTE

The maximum number of complaint subscribers allowed in a complaint analysis support task is different when IMSI or peer MSISDN is used to identify complaint subscribers. The causes are as follows: A subscriber call report contains the IMSI of the calling party and the peer MSISDN. The format of IMSI is fixed and unique; whereas the peer MSISDN can be a mobile phone number, fixed-line phone number, or hotline and the MSISDN combination is different in each country. To ensure that all call records of complaint subscribers can be obtained when the peer MSISDN is used to identify complaint subscribers, the Nastar allows users to perform fuzzy search. That is, after users type keywords, all call records whose peer MSISDN field contains keywords can be obtained. In this manner, the integrity of analysis data is ensured, but the obtained call reports are several times of those queried by IMSI. Therefore, the maximum number of complaint subscribers allowed in a complaint analysis support task when the peer MSISDN is used to identify complaint subscribers is smaller than that in the case when IMSI is used to identify complaint subscribers.

13.1.2 Authority Policies for GSM Complaint Analysis Support The Nastar provides secure authority management policies to ensure the security of private information for subscribers. The authority management policies enable different types of users to have different operation rights for the security of their private information.

Introduction to Authority Types l

View rights allow users to view a security object on the Nastar client. If a user can view a security object on the Nastar client, the user has the view rights to this security object. View rights are associated with the management domain. If a security object is added to the management domain of a user or a user group, the user or users in the group have the view rights to this security object. For details about how to enable view rights for users, see the description in "Management domain of user" in Creating an Nastar User Account.

l

Operation rights allow users to perform an operation. If a user has operation rights, the user can perform a specific operation. Here, operation rights include query rights to complaint analysis support tasks and operation rights to complaint analysis support tasks. Operation rights are associated with the management domain. A user can perform the operation corresponding to the operation rights for only the objects in the management domain of the user.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

401

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

– Query rights to complaint analysis support tasks: If a Nastar user has the rights, the user can query the authorized complaint analysis support tasks. – Operation rights to complaint analysis support tasks: If a Nastar user has the rights, the user can create, query, or delete the authorized complaint analysis support tasks. For details about how to enable operation rights for users, see the description in "Operation rights of user" in Creating an Nastar User Account.

Introduction to Authority Policies The authority policies for managing complaint analysis support tasks are as follows: l

Users in the administrator group: This type of user has view rights and operation rights to all complaint analysis support tasks initially. That is, the user is authorized to create complaint analysis support tasks, and query or delete complaint analysis support tasks created by any user.

l

Users not in the administrator group: – To create complaint analysis support tasks, the user in the administrator group or security administrator group must have operation rights to complaint analysis support tasks. For details, see Scenario 1 in Table 13-2. – To query or delete information about complaint analysis support tasks created by the user in the administrator group or security administrator group, the user does not need other rights. For details, see Scenario 2 in Table 13-2. – To delete complaint analysis support tasks created by others, the user in the administrator group or security administrator group must have query rights and operation rights to complaint analysis support tasks. For details, see Scenario 3 in Table 13-2. – To query information about complaint analysis support tasks created by the user in the administrator group or security administrator group, the user must have query rights to complaint analysis support tasks. For details, see Scenario 4 in Table 13-2. NOTE

After a user is assigned permission to query complaint analysis support tasks, the user can query all complaint analysis support tasks created by any user.

Example of Authority Policies Authority policies vary according to the specific scenario. Table 13-2 describes the authority policies in different scenarios. NOTE

"User" in Table 13-2 refers to a user in the administrator group or security administrator group.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

402

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Table 13-2 Example of authority policies Scenario

Operation Procedure

Scenario 1

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin.

User A needs to create a complaint analysis support task named X.

2. Assign user A operation rights to complaint analysis support tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM Complaint Assistant Analysis to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Log in to the client as user A. 4. Create a complaint analysis support task named X. For details about how to create complaint analysis support tasks, see 13.3 Creating GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks. Log in to the client as user A.

Scenario 2 User A needs to query or delete analysis task X created by user A. Scenario 3 User B needs to delete analysis task X created by user A.

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin. 2. Assign user B query rights to complaint analysis support tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task View to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Assign user B operation rights to complaint analysis support tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM Complaint Assistant Analysis to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 4. Log in to the client as user B. 5. Delete analysis task X. For details about how to delete complaint analysis support tasks, see Follow-up Procedure in 13.3 Creating GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

403

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Scenario

Operation Procedure

Scenario 4

1. Log in to the Nastar client as a user, for example, user admin.

User B needs to query analysis task X created by user A.

2. Assign user B query rights to complaint analysis support tasks. In the Select Operation Rights dialog box, add Operation > Nastar PA > GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task View to Selected Rights, and click OK. For details, see Creating an Nastar User Account. 3. Log in to the client as user B. 4. Query analysis results of complaint analysis support task X. For details about how to query complaint analysis support results, see 13.4 Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results.

13.2 Process of GSM Complaint Analysis Support This section describes the process of GSM complaint analysis support. Figure 13-1 shows the process of GSM complaint analysis support. NOTE

Required rights must be assigned to users to properly perform complaint analysis support tasks. For details about authority policies, see 13.1.2 Authority Policies for GSM Complaint Analysis Support.

Figure 13-1 Process of GSM complaint analysis support

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

404

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Table 13-3 describes each procedure shown in Figure 13-1. Table 13-3 Description of GSM complaint analysis support process No.

Procedure

Description

1

Create a GSM complaint analysis support task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create a GSM complaint analysis support task. After the task is created, the Nastar retrieves analysis data related to the complaint analysis support from the database, analyzes the data, and then generates analysis results.

2

Query GSM complaint analysis support results

You can view the analysis results of the complaint analysis support tasks that are executed successfully and also perform comprehensive analysis on maps.

3

Export GSM complaint analysis support reports

You can enable the Nastar client to export GSM complaint analysis support results as report files.

13.3 Creating GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks This section describes how to create GSM complaint analysis support tasks. After receiving a GSM subscriber complaint, you can create a GSM complaint analysis support task on the Nastar to search for the subscriber call records related to the complaints based on the problem cell and international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) of the complaint subscriber. This helps you analyze and locate problems.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The information about the complaint subscriber is collected.

l

The configuration data must be imported before creating the task. If not, the NE selection tree is none. NOTE

Generally, obtain the IMSI and MSISDN of a VIP user and enter them into the Nastar. If telecom operators have high requirements for user information security and the anonymous policy is enabled on the network where the Nastar is deployed, all user information such as IMSI, MSISDN, and IMEI contained in the analysis data will be encrypted. To protect the security-sensitive user information, the Nastar no longer allows you to enter the plaintext IMSI and MSISDN. In this situation, you need to contact telecom operators to obtain the encrypted IMSI and MSISDN. Telecom operators can visit http:// support.huawei.com and choose Software Center > Controlled Tool(Mini-tool Software) > Core Network Product Line > Wireless-OSS > iManager M2000-II > HMACUtil to obtain the tool to encrypt user information.

Context l Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

A GSM complaint analysis support task can be performed only once. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

405

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

l

A maximum of 200 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of history seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

l

The IMSI file of the complaint subscriber to be imported contains only the IMSI column, as shown in Table 13-4. Table 13-4 Example of a GSM complaint subscriber IMSI file IMSI 460079053010239 460005396052916 460022068262211

l

The peer number file of the complaint subscriber to be imported contains only the Peer Number column, as shown in Table 13-5. Table 13-5 Example of a GSM complaint subscriber peer number file Peer Number 015839017891 051385852201 02136039950

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 In the Analyse Type, GSM Complaint Analysis Type is chosen by default. NOTE

If you select GSM/UMTS Complaint Analysis Type, you can perform GSM/UMTS complaint analysis support. For details about how to create a GSM/UMTS complaint analysis support task, see Creating a GSM/ UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task.

Step 5 In the Filter NEs area, perform the following operations: 1.

Click Select to choose one or multi objects in Select NE Object.

2.

Click OK.

3.

The chosen cells are shown in table.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

406

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

4.

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Optional: Click Delete to delete the cells you have chosen.

Step 6 In the Filter Users area, perform the following operations: l Add the calling IMSI to search for the calling MS. 1.

Select IMSI.

2.

Click Add. In the displayed Add User dialog box, enter the IMSI of the subscriber.

3.

Click OK. NOTE

l A maximum of 2000 IMSI numbers can be entered. l You can enter the 15-digit characters (0 to 9 and A to F).

4.

Optional: Click Delete to delete the IMSI numbers you have chosen.

l Add the peer MSISDN to search for the called MS. 1.

Select Peer Number.

2.

Click Add. In the displayed Add User dialog box, enter the MSISDN of the called MS.

3.

Click Enter. NOTE

A maximum of 200 called MS numbers can be entered.

4.

Optional: Click Delete to delete the called MS numbers you have chosen.

l You can also search for the required subscriber by importing the existing subscriber information. 1.

Click Import. The Open dialog box is displayed.

2.

Select the edited IMSI file of a complaint subscriber or an MSISDN file of the called subscriber, and then click Open.

3.

Perform the operations as prompted. If...

Then...

The imported information is correct and no identical records exist

In the displayed dialog box, click OK.

The imported information is correct and identical records exist

In the displayed OK dialog box, click Yes to import the new records that will overwrite identical records.

Abnormal records exist in the imported information

Current files cannot be imported and the Nastar displays a message, indicating the number of abnormal records. l Click Export Check Result to export check results from the Nastar so that you can make modifications based on the error information to complete the current import task. l Click Cancel to terminate the import task.

Step 7 Click Next. Step 8 Set the Task Type to One-time, set the time range. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

407

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Step 9 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 13.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Tasks

13.4 Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results This section describes how to query GSM complaint analysis support results. Through this function, you can view subscriber call records and detailed information about each record. The Nastar provides information about the MS capability, access and release, and service quality regarding each call record to assist you in determining the network location where problems occur and the possible causes.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM complaint analysis support task reaches 100%.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

408

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Procedure Step 1 Click the GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task node in the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. If you click the Theme Function node, the task list in the right pane displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a GSM complaint analysis support task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the result and choose View Analysis Result from the shortcut menu. The GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task window is displayed. You can also double-click the result to open the GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task window. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 In the navigation tree on the left of the GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task window, select a call record to be queried. The navigation tree can be expanded in two modes: Cause type-IMSI and IMSI-Cause type. l In Cause type-IMSI mode, all filtered call records are classified by cause type and the call records of each cause type is classified by IMSI. l In IMSI-Cause type mode, all filtered call records are classified by IMSI and the call records of each IMSI is classified by cause type. You can type an IMSI or a cause type in the Search area above the navigation tree to quickly search for and locate the required call record. For detailed description of cause types, see 13.1.1 GSM Complaint Analysis Support Function. Step 6 On the Overview tab page, query the overview information about the filtered call records and select a call record. The overview information includes the access time, access cell, release time, release cell, IMSI, IMEI, and service duration. For details about parameters, see 13.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results. l l l

indicates that the call record in this line is abnormal. indicates the cause type of this call in the navigation tree is Other and the exception status is unknown. indicates that the CHR in this line is a combined CHR. The Nastar supports the combination of inter-BSC CHRs. If an inter-BSC handover occurs during a call, the Nastar combines the records related to one call and displays a combined CHR in the overview table. You can double-click a combined CHR to open the CHR list tab page corresponding to the combined CHR and query detailed information. The tab page is named IMSI***_Serial number, where *** refers to the IMSI number.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

409

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

You can click any line in the list and press Ctrl+F to search for and locate a call record. Step 7 In the detailed call report table of a complaint subscriber on the right of the window, query the details of all the filtered call records. The details include information about the subscriber, call access or call release, and handover. Step 8 On the Signaling Procedure Before Call Release tab page, query the detailed signaling procedure before call release for the selected call record. l Signaling information table: contains signaling transmitted between NEs during a call. Information in this table is displayed synchronously with the signaling procedure chart. l Signaling procedure chart: shows the signaling interaction between NEs during a call. This chart is displayed synchronously with the information in the signaling information table. l If you double-click a record in the signaling procedure table or a signaling record in the signaling procedure chart, the Information dialog box is displayed. Detailed signaling information is displayed in a navigation tree, which contains the meanings of fields represented by specific bytes. In addition, the Nastar automatically parses the enumerated values or variant values represented by fields in a message according to protocols. For details about the signaling procedure chart, see Description of the Signaling Procedure Before Call Release Tab Page. NOTE

The integrality of the displayed signaling procedures depends on the signaling procedure information recorded by the NEs before call release.

Step 9 On the Measurement Information tab page, query the detailed measurement information before call release for the selected call record and the change trend chart. l Detailed measurement information table: contains detailed information about measurement reports (MRs) before call release. l KPI change trend chart: shows the change trends of TA, DLRxLevel, DLRxQuality/Level, ULRxQuality/Level, and MS/BTS Power. For details about parameters and the change trend chart, see Description of the Measurement Information Tab Page. Step 10 Optional: Query the complaint analysis support results on the GIS window. in the upper part of the VIP group overview table, and click in the upper left of Click the Nastar client window to open the Display the Nastar Network based on longitude and latitude window. l The node corresponding to the selected theme is added to the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window. The naming convention of the theme node is Network system_Task name. The second-level node is the task name, and the three-level node is the KPI name, such as the access and release cell. – If multiple complaint analysis support result windows related to one network system are opened at the same time, the GIS window can synchronously display information of one analysis result window. Only one theme node is displayed in the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window and corresponds to the complaint analysis support results related to one network system. – If a combined complaint analysis support result windows is displayed as one network system, the GIS window can display information of the combined analysis result window under the node of the network system. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

410

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

– If the complaint analysis support result window that is synchronously displayed with the GIS window is closed, the theme node corresponding to the complaint analysis support task is automatically deleted from the navigation tree on the left of the GIS window, and the rendering layer corresponding to the complaint analysis support results is also automatically deleted from the map area on the right. l When you open the GIS window initially, the access and release cells of all the call records are displayed under the root node in the complaint analysis support result window by default. – Switch to one node on the left tree of the complaint analysis support result window, the GIS window can synchronously display the access and release cell information of the related node. – If cells whose engineering parameters are not imported exist, a message is displayed on the right of the window. ----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click in the result list and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .xml, .txt, .xls, or .xlsx file.

Related References 13.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results

13.5 Exporting GSM Complaint Analysis Support Reports This section describes how to export GSM complaint analysis support reports. You can export the queried complaint analysis support results as .xls or .xlsx files as required, which helps in determining the network location where the problem occurs and the possible causes.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried the GSM complaint analysis support reports. For details, see 13.4 Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results.

l

Export a complaint analysis support overview report.

Procedure NOTE

An exported complaint analysis support overview report contains the following three result files in the default .xlsx format: l Statistical result file obtained by the aggregation mode IMSI-Cause type in the overview navigation tree. The file naming convention is Overview tree_IMSI-Cause type.xlsx. l Statistical result file obtained by the aggregation mode Cause type-IMSI in the overview navigation tree. The file naming convention is Overview tree_Cause type-IMSI.xlsx. l Aggregation result file for complaint analysis support summary in the overview table. The file naming convention is Overview table_Summary.xlsx.

1.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

in the GSM Complaint Analysis Support window. The Save dialog box Click is displayed. Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

411

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

2. l

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Set the folder and specify the save path and file type. Then, click Save.

Export a complaint analysis support data report. 1.

In the GSM Complaint Analysis Support window, click is displayed.

. The Save dialog box

2.

Set the folder and specify the save path and file type. Then, click Save. An exported data report contains overview table information, subscriber information, call access information, call release information, and handover information.

You can also right-click the complaint analysis support overview table and then choose Export complaint analysis support data report from the shortcut menu to export a complaint analysis support data report. ----End

13.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Complaint Analysis Support This section describes the technical specifications for GSM complaint analysis support. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of subscribers supported by one analysis task

HMACUtil to obtain the tool to encrypt user information.

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Serial Number

(0,2 ^311)

N/A

Indicates the serial number of a CHR in the call report overview table. Serial number is a keyword of a call record. It is an internal identification in the Nastar and can uniquely identify a call record.

Combine d

N/A

N/A

Indicates whether a CHR is combined.

Abnorma l

N/A

The Nastar supports the combination of inter-BSC CHRs. If a yellow icon is displayed in this column, the CHR is combined. N/A

Indicates whether a call record is abnormal. If a red excalmatory mark icon is displayed in this column, the call record is abnormal. If a yellow interrogation mark icon is displayed in this column, the cause type of this call in the navigation tree is Other and the exception status is unknown.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

419

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Abnorma l Cause

N/A

N/A

Indicates the abnormal cause in the Channel Request message. Call setup failure: 1. Um interface quality problem/MS fault 2. System resource congestion 3. Transmission fault 4. CN fault 5. Other causes Abnormal call release: 1. Call drop due to HO failure 2. Call drop due to high TA 3. Call drop due to poor UL level on TCH 4. Call drop due to UL interference on TCH 5. Call drop due to poor UL quality on TCH 6. Call drop due to sudden UL level decrease 7. Call drop due to poor DL level on TCH 8. Call drop due to DL interference on TCH 9. Call drop due to poor DL quality on TCH 10. Call drop due to sudden DL level decrease 11. Call drop due to poor UL/DL level on TCH 12. Call drop due to UL/DL interference on TCH 13. Call drop due to poor UL/DL quality on TCH 14. Call drop due to other Um interface problems 15. Call drop due to transmission fault 16. Call drop due to CN fault 17. Peer call drop 18. Call drop due to other causes Service quality problems: 1. Poor quality of Um interface 1. UL one-way audio 2. DL one-way audio 3. Mute call 4. UL crosstalk 5. DL crosstalk

Network

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

GS M

N/A

Indicates the network that generates the call records.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

420

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Access Cause

N/A

N/A

Indicates the signaling access type. Access types are as follows: Originated-non-SMS (AC_ORIGIN_CALL_NO_SMS) Originated SMS (AC_ORIGIN_CALL_SMS) Terminated-call (AC_ANSWER_TO_PAGING) Call reestablishment (AC_CALL_RE_ESTABLISH) Emergency call (AC_EMERGENCY_CALL) Location update (AC_LOCATION_UPDATE) IMSI detach (AC_IMSI_DETACH) Packet service (AC_PACKET_CALL) LMU service (AC_LMU_ESTABLISH) SS service (AC_SS_ESTABLISH) VGCS service (AC_VGCS_ESTABLISH) VBS service (AC_VBCS_ESTABLISH) LCS service (AC_LCS_ESTABLISH) Other services (AC_RESERVED) Incoming BSC handover (AC_IN_BSC_HO) Notification response (AC_NOTIFICATION_RSP) Immediate setup (AC_IMM_SET_UP) RR initialization (AC_RR_INITIALISATION_REQ) Talker indication (AC_TALKER_INDICATION) VGCS access (AC_VGCS_VBS_VPCS) Terminated-non-SMS (AC_ANSWER_TO_PAGING_CALL) Terminated-SMS (AC_ANSWER_TO_PAGING_SMS) Normal location update (AC_LOCATION_UPDATE_NORMAL) Periodical location update (AC_LOCATION_UPDATE_PERIODIC) IMSI attach (AC_LOCATION_UPDATE_ATTACH)

Access Time

N/A

N/A

Indicates the signaling access time during a call, that is, the time when the Channel Request message is received.

Access Cell

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the cell at the time of signaling access. The format for displaying an access cell is as follows: BSC name: cell name (BSC OPC: cell ID). The BSC name and cell name can be obtained from configuration data. If the BSC name and cell name cannot be queried, they are not displayed. BSC OPC refers to the source signaling point configured for the BSC.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

421

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Release Time

N/A

N/A

Indicates the signaling release time during a call.

Release Cell

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the cell at the time of signaling release.

IMSI

000 000 000 000 000999 999 999 999 999

N/A

000 000 000 000 000999 999 999 999 999

N/A

Peer MSISDN

N/A

N/A

Indicates the mobile phone number of the peer subscriber.

Duration

[0, +∞)

Sec ond

Indicates the service duration, including call duration and signaling duration.

IMEI

The format for displaying a release cell is as follows: BSC name: cell name (BSC OPC: cell ID). The BSC name and cell name can be obtained from configuration data. If the BSC name and cell name cannot be queried, they are not displayed. Indicates the identity number of the international mobile subscriber. IMSI is an abbreviation for International Mobile Subscriber Identity.

Indicates the international mobile station equipment identity. IMEI is an abbreviation for International Mobile Equipment Identity.

Service duration = Release time - Access time Service Duration

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

[0, +∞)

Sec ond

Indicates the call duration. Call duration = Time for receiving DisConnect - Time for receiving Connect Acknowledge

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

422

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Call Setup Result

N/A

N/A

Indicates the call setup result, including normal setup and abnormal setup. Display rule: Call Setup Result/Cause of abnormal call setup/ Subcause of abnormal call setup (These parameters are displayed in the Call Release area in the right pane.) 1. Normal: The Connect ACK message is received, and an MS enter the normal call phase. 2. The Disconnect message is received, and the call is terminated by the peer MS. 3. The call is released by the source BSC during an outgoing BSC handover. Abnormal call setup: 1. Abnormal release before connection 2. Rejected by the CN 3. TCH assignment failure 4. Abnormal call release by a signaling channel 5. Abnormal call release by a TCH 6. Setup indication timeout 7. Immediate assignment rejected 8. BSC release 9. MSC release 10. Authentication rejected 11. Authentication failure 12. Cipher Mode rejected 13. Incoming BSC handover failure

Call Release Result

N/A

N/A

Indicates the call release result, including normal release and abnormal release. Normal call termination: 1. Normal: The DisConnect message is received. A call enters the normal release phase. 2. The Clear command message is received, and a call is released properly by the network or the local/peer MS. 3. An outgoing BSC handover or an inter-RAT handover is successful. Abnormal call termination-Abnormal call termination by TCHs 1. Outgoing BSC handover failure 2. Intra-BSC handover failure 3. BSC release 4. MSC release

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

423

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Subscribers Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

IMSI

000 000 000 000 000999 999 999 999 999

N/A

Indicates the international mobile subscriber identity.

IMEI

000 000 000 000 000999 999 999 999 999

N/A

Indicates the international mobile station equipment identity.

Peer MSISDN

N/A

N/A

Indicates the mobile phone number of the peer subscriber.

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Access Time

N/A

N/A

Indicates the signaling access time during a call, that is, the time when the Channel Request message is received.

Access TA

[0,6 3]

N/A

Indicates the TA value during the signaling access.

Access Cell

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the cell at the time of signaling access.

Call Access

The format for displaying an access cell is as follows: BSC name: cell name (BSC OPC: cell ID). The BSC name and cell name can be obtained from configuration data. If the BSC name and cell name cannot be queried, they are not displayed. BSC OPC refers to the source signaling point configured for the BSC.

Access Carrier

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

[0,7 1]

N/A

Indicates the TRX number during signaling access.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

424

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Access channel

[0,7]

N/A

Indicates the channel number during signaling access.

Access cause

N/A

N/A

Indicates the cause in the signaling access request message.

Call Setup Result

N/A

Cause of abnormal call setup

N/A

Subcause of abnormal call setup

N/A

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Release Time

N/A

N/A

Indicates the signaling release time, that is the time when the Channel Release message is received.

Release Cell

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the cell at the time of signaling release.

This value is the same as Access Type in the overview table. N/A

Indicates the call setup result. This value is the same as the first-level cause in Call Setup Result in the overview table.

N/A

Indicates the cause of abnormal signaling access. This value is the same as the second-level cause for exceptions in Call Setup Result in the overview table.

N/A

Indicates the detailed cause of abnormal signaling access. This value is the same as the third-level cause for exceptions in Call Setup Result in the overview table.

Call Release

The format for displaying a release cell is as follows: BSC name: cell name (BSC OPC: cell ID). The BSC name and cell name can be obtained from configuration data. If the BSC name and cell name cannot be queried, they are not displayed. BSC OPC refers to the source signaling point configured for the BSC.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Release Carrier

[0,7 1]

N/A

Indicates the TRX number during signaling release.

Call Release Result

N/A

N/A

Indicates the call release result.

Cause of abnormal call completi on

N/A

This value is the same as the first-level cause in Call Release Result in the overview table. N/A

Indicates the cause of abnormal signaling release. This value is the same as the second-level cause for exceptions in Call Release Result in the overview table.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

425

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Subcause of abnormal call completi on

N/A

N/A

Indicates the detailed cause of abnormal signaling release.

UL oneway audio during a call

Yes, No

This value is the same as the third-level cause for exceptions in Call Release Result in the overview table.

N/A

Indicates whether the uplink one-way audio occurs during a call. This parameter can only show the one-way audio caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. Oneway audio caused by Um interface problems or A interface problems is not contained. The principle for detecting uplink one-way audio is as follows: The DSP on a DPU board of the BSC periodically measures frame error rate for the TRAU frames transmitted on the uplink. If the frame error rate reaches the threshold, the BSS regards this situation as primary uplink one-way audio and starts the acknowledgment mechanism. Then, the BSC instructs the BTS to send a test TRAU frame. If the TC subrack does not receive the test frame within the specified period, the BSS regards this situation as uplink one-way audio.

DL oneway audio during a call

Yes, No

N/A

Indicates whether the downlink one-way audio occurs during a call. This parameter can only show the one-way audio caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. Oneway audio caused by Um interface problems or A interface problems is not contained. The principle for detecting downlink one-way audio is as follows: The DSP on a DTRU board of the BTS periodically measures frame error rate for the TRAU frames transmitted on the downlink. If the frame error rate reaches the threshold, the BSS regards this situation as primary uplink one-way audio and starts the acknowledgment mechanism. Then, the BSC instructs the TC subrack to send a test TRAU frame to the BTS. If the BTS does not receive the test frame within the specified period, the BSS regards this situation as downlink one-way audio.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

426

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

UL call crosstalk

Yes, No

N/A

Indicates whether the uplink call crosstalk occurs during a call. This counter can only show the crosstalk caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. The crosstalk caused by the Um interface problem or A interface problem cannot be detected. The principle for detecting the crosstalk on the uplink is as follows: The DSP on a board in the BTS inserts the unique identification into the idle bit in a TRAU frame on the uplink. Then, the DSP on a board in the TC subrack decodes and verifies the consistency of unique call identification. If the DSP detects the inconsistency of unique call identification for several consecutive times, the BSS regards this situation as uplink crosstalk.

DL call crosstalk

Yes, No

N/A

Indicates whether the downlink call crosstalk occurs during a call. This parameter can only show the one-way audio caused by BSS internal channel (between the BTS and the TC subrack) fault. Crosstalk caused by Um interface problems or A interface problems is not contained. The principle for detecting the crosstalk on the downlink is as follows: The DSP on a board in the TC subrack inserts the unique identification into the idle bit in a TRAU frame on the downlink. Then, the DSP on a board in the BTS decodes and verifies the consistency of unique call identification. If the DSP detects the inconsistency of unique call identification for several consecutive times, the BSS regards this situation as downlink crosstalk.

UL call HQI

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the average uplink HQI related to voice services. HQI reflects the voice quality level, including eight levels from 0 to 7. Level 0 indicates the best voice quality. In the CHR for BSC6900 V900R011 and later versions: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 3/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100% In the CHR for BSC6000 V900R008: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 5/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100%

DL call HQI

[0.0 0,10 0.00 ]

%

Indicates the average downlink HQI related to voice services. HQI reflects the voice quality level, including eight levels from 0 to 7. Level 0 indicates the best voice quality. In the CHR for BSC6900 V900R011 and later versions: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 3/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100% In the CHR for BSC6000 V900R008: HQI = Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 5/ Number of MRs containing receive quality from 0 to 7 x 100%

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

427

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

UL call VQI

[1.0 0,5. 00]

N/A

Indicates whether the uplink voice quality indicator occurs during a call. VQI is the Mean Opinion Score (MOS) and indicates the quality of voice calls. The greater the VQI value is, the better the voice call quality is. Value range: [1, 5] Average UL VQI of voice service = Total UL VQI/Total number of UL VQI tests

DL call VQI

[1.0 0,5. 00]

N/A

Indicates whether the downlink voice quality indicator occurs during a call. VQI is the Mean Opinion Score (MOS) and indicates the quality of voice calls. The greater the VQI value is, the better the voice call quality is. Value range: [1, 5] Average UL VQI of voice service = Total UL VQI/Total number of UL VQI tests

Handover Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Number of handover records

[0,2 0]

Nu mbe r

Indicates the number of handovers during a call.

Handove r initiating time

N/A

N/A

Indicates the time when a handover is initiated, that is, the time corresponding to Handover CMD.

N/A

Indicates the cause of initiating a handover.

N/A

Indicates the name of the source cell where the handover is initiated.

HO initiation cause Handove r source cell

N/A

The format for displaying a cell is as follows: BSC name: cell name (BSC OPC: cell ID). The BSC name and cell name can be obtained from configuration data. If the BSC name and cell name cannot be queried, they are not displayed. BSC OPC refers to the source signaling point configured for the BSC.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

428

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

13 GSM Complaint Analysis Support

Paramet er

Ran ge

Uni t

Description

Handove r target cell

N/A

N/A

Indicates the name of the target cell where the handover is initiated. The format for displaying a cell is as follows: BSC name: cell name (BSC OPC: cell ID). The BSC name and cell name can be obtained from configuration data. If the BSC name and cell name cannot be queried, they are not displayed. BSC OPC refers to the source signaling point configured for the BSC.

Handove r result

N/A

N/A

Indicates whether a handover is successful and indicates the cause if the handover fails. Handover success: Normal Handover failure cause: Return to the original channel after the handover failure; BSC release; MSC exception

Related Tasks 13.4 Querying GSM Complaint Analysis Support Results

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

429

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

About This Chapter The GSM cell performance analysis function enables you to obtain GSM cell performance analysis data, create GSM cell performance analysis tasks, query GSM cell performance analysis results, and export GSM cell performance analysis reports from the Nastar. By providing call data of abnormal users in problem cells, the Nastar assists you in analyzing the root cause of abnormal calls. This helps to provide better services and improve user satisfaction. This function can be used to quickly locate and resolve problems. Normally there is no way to avoid that some user data such as International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) will be used during the troubleshooting. However, this function provides an anonymous data processing method. You are obligated to take considerable measures, in compliance with the laws of the countries concerned and the user privacy policies of your company, to ensure that the personal data of users is fully protected.

Context NOTE

The GSM cell performance analysis function cannot analyze data of the BSC6000 V900R008.

14.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Cell Performance Analysis This section describes the basic knowledge of the GSM cell performance analysis function, which facilitates identification of problem cells and enables the Nastar to retrieve the data of abnormal calls in problem cells. In this manner, the Nastar assists in identifying the causes of problem cells, hence facilitating in-depth problem analysis. 14.2 Process of GSM Cell Performance Analysis This section describes the process of GSM cell performance analysis. 14.3 Obtaining GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM cell performance analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database. 14.4 Creating GSM Cell Performance Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM cell performance analysis tasks. After you create a GSM cell performance analysis task, the Nastar analyzes abnormal call records of problem cells. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the causes of abnormal calls in a cell. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

430

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

14.5 Querying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM cell performance analysis results. After the analysis of abnormal call records of problem cells, the Nastar displays analysis results including exception causes and bottom subscribers in an analysis report, helping you locate and solve problems related to cell performance. 14.6 Exporting GSM Cell Performance Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM cell performance analysis reports. You can export the queried cell performance analysis results as .xls or .xlsx files, which helps in locating problem cells in networks. 14.7 Technical Specifications for GSM Cell Performance Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM cell performance analysis. 14.8 Reference to the GSM Cell Performance Analysis Interface This section describes the interface for GSM cell performance analysis and the relevant parameters. Before performing relevant operations, familiarize yourself with the functions of GSM cell performance analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

431

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

14.1 Basic Knowledge of GSM Cell Performance Analysis This section describes the basic knowledge of the GSM cell performance analysis function, which facilitates identification of problem cells and enables the Nastar to retrieve the data of abnormal calls in problem cells. In this manner, the Nastar assists in identifying the causes of problem cells, hence facilitating in-depth problem analysis. Generally, the whole-to-partial analysis method is used during network optimization or performance analysis. That is, the Nastar locates and analyzes network problems by monitoring performance KPIs, and then analyzes the KPIs of the entire network or a specific BSC. Then, the Nastar analyzes cells of a faulty BSC to identify the bottom problem cells. After that, the Nastar performs in-depth analysis on the bottom problem cells. At present, the Nastar can perform cell-level analysis for performance data. The Nastar can provide detailed and in-depth analysis on problem cells. The functions provided by the Nastar are as follows: l

The Nastar analyzes abnormal call records based on BSCs or NE groups and provides bottom causes of problem cells. This helps network engineers to identify the detailed causes of the exception, hence improving work efficiency.

l

After the main exceptions of problem cells are identified, the Nastar provides users with an in-depth understanding of bottom users with poor KPIs by providing the function of analyzing bottom problem users in cells. This function helps network engineers to locate bottom users of an exception type in problem cells. In this manner, network engineers can solve the problems of bottom users, hence improving cell performance.

l

If problem cells are not identified, the Nastar performs exception analysis of a large number of cells under the BSC, which helps to quickly identify the bottom problem cells.

The results of cell performance analysis can be exported as .csv, .xls or .xlsx files. In this manner, users can optimize problem cells on the network according to the exported analysis results. NOTE

The statistical result of the cell performance analysis function that the Nastar provides is different from the performance measurement statistics. l The Nastar's statistical result is based on user experience, while the performance measurement result is based on network device performance data. The results are different because they are measured differently. l The cell performance analysis function that the Nastar provides enables in-depth analysis of poorquality cells, while products such as the M2000 and PRS collect network KPI statistics and help you detect poor-quality cells.

14.2 Process of GSM Cell Performance Analysis This section describes the process of GSM cell performance analysis. Figure 14-1 shows the process of GSM cell performance analysis.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

432

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Figure 14-1 Process of GSM cell performance analysis operations

Table 14-1 describes each procedure shown in Figure 14-1. Table 14-1 Description on process of GSM cell performance analysis operations

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

No.

Procedure

Description

1

Create a GSM cell performance analysis data E2E task

You need to choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management on the Nastar client to open the E2E Task Management window and then create a E2E task. After you create the task, the Nastar issues rule files to the M2000, and then the M2000 sends the rule files to the related SAU. Then, the SAU performs the measurement task.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

433

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

No.

Procedure

Description

2

Create a GSM cell performance data import task

You need to choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM cell performance data import task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically imports the GSM performance data files saved on the Nastar server to the database.

3

Check the integrity of GSM cell performance analysis data

You can double-click System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client to open the Query Data dialog box and then check whether all the required GSM cell performance analysis data is imported into the database.

4

Create a GSM cell performance analysis task

In the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client, you can create a GSM cell performance analysis task. After you create the task, the Nastar retrieves the GSM cell performance analysis data and GSM configuration data from the database, analyzes the retrieved data, and then generates the analysis results.

5

Query GSM cell performance analysis results

After a GSM cell performance analysis task is executed successfully, you can view the analysis results.

6

Export GSM cell performance analysis report

You can export GSM cell performance analysis reports through the Nastar client.

14.3 Obtaining GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM cell performance analysis data. You can create an E2E task to enable the Nastar to collect analysis data and create a data import task so that the Nastar imports the collected analysis data into the database.

14.3.1 Creating GSM Cell Performance Data Analysis E2E Tasks This section describes how to create a E2E task. After you create an E2E task, the Nastar issues rule files to the M2000 and then the M2000 sends rule files to the related SAU. The SAU performs the raw data pre-processing tasks through the rule files, and then generate the pre-processed data. The Nastar create the data collection task automatically to collect the pre-processed data from the SAU to the Nastar.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The OSS and NEs related to the analysis task are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

Configuration data is imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

434

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

l

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

The data source is subscribed and the status is On.

Context You are advised to observe the E2E task for five minutes to check whether the task is executed normally after you create the E2E task by performing the following steps. If Status of the E2E task is still Running after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task is executed normally. If Status of the E2E task is Complete or Failed after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task fails to be executed. Note that the Nastar monitors the tasks by checking the task status on the M2000 at an interval of five minutes.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 Set Begin Time and End Time, and select one or multiple NEs from the NE list.

CAUTION You must consider the time zone difference between the Nastar and the SAU when setting the task execution range. For example: The Nastar delivers an E2E task to be executed from 04:00 to 05:00. The local time on the SAU is two hours later than the local time on the Nastar server. In this case, the SAU preprocesses and reports the data related to the E2E task to the Nastar server after 06:00 in the local time on the Nastar server. Therefore, the Nastar completes E2E tasks in a four-hour delay to ensure that all required data is collected to the Nastar server. You are advised to create an E2E task one day before creating a theme analysis task. The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Click Complete. The added E2E task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

435

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Property.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task

Click Refresh.

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

Related References 14.8.2 Parameters for GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data E2E Tasks

14.3.2 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client.

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 14-2 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

436

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Table 14-2 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

437

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

-

438

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 14-2.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

439

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

3.

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click . In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time. You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required. If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

14.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

440

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 14-3 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types. Table 14-3 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

441

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

442

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 14-3. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

14.4 Creating GSM Cell Performance Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM cell performance analysis tasks. After you create a GSM cell performance analysis task, the Nastar analyzes abnormal call records of problem cells. By querying analysis results, you can learn about the causes of abnormal calls in a cell.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

Analysis data and configuration data are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 14.3.3 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed only once.

l

A maximum of 50 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

443

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 Click Next. Step 6 Set the Task Type to One-time. Step 7 Set the time range and the start time of the task. The existing data is displayed in table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. In a data table, blue cells indicate that theme data at the current time is normal, yellow cells indicate that configuration data at the current time is normal, and green cells indicate that both theme data and configuration data at the current time is normal. The method for specifying the time range varies according to the selected analysis object. If...

Then...

NE is selected

1. Set the time range in either of the following methods: l Method 1: Set Time Range according to the existing data status displayed on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Method 2: Specify the analysis time range by pressing and dragging the mouse in the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. The time in Time Range will automatically refresh to the specified time. NOTE l If no theme data is available in the specified time range, and if no configuration data is available before the end time for an analysis task, the task will fail. l Press and hold the mouse to specify the continuous period in a line of the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Press and hold Ctrl+Shift to select multiple lines of data for analysis.

2. Set Execution Delay. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

444

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

If...

Then...

NE Group is selected

Set Time Range and Execution Delay.

Step 8 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required. TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended. Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 14.8.3 Parameters for Creating or Modifying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Tasks

14.5 Querying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM cell performance analysis results. After the analysis of abnormal call records of problem cells, the Nastar displays analysis results including exception causes and bottom subscribers in an analysis report, helping you locate and solve problems related to cell performance.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

445

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The progress bar of the GSM cell performance analysis task has reached 100%.

Procedure Step 1 Click the Theme Function > GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task node in the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the task list on the right displays all the analysis tasks. Step 2 Select a GSM cell performance analysis task from the task list on the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list on the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the analysis result, and then choose View Analysis Result from the shortcut menu. The GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task window is displayed. You can also double-click the selected analysis result to open the GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task window. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 View the GSM cell performance analysis results in the GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task window. 1.

Select a cell node in the navigation tree in the left pane. You can type the key field of a cell in the Search area, and then click locate the cell.

2.

to search for and

The areas on the right and in the middle of the window show counter overview information about the selected cell and ranking of counters. You can click any line in the list and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. l A table in the middle area of the window displays the number of records of each exception type in a cell and the percentage of an exception type to all exception types. A pie chart in the lower area of the window displays the percentage of each exception type. Currently, the Nastar performs cell performance analysis on only the exception types related to voice services. The exception types related to voice services are classified into call setup failure, abnormal call release, and service quality problem. If you choose an NE object node from the navigation tree in the left pane, the default value of Service Type is Voice service and the default value of Exception Type is All in the upper area of the exception distribution chart. The exception distribution chart displays the proportion of each exception type related to voice services. You can also select Call setup failure, Abnormal call release, or Qos problem from the Exception Type drop-down list box to display distribution charts of detailed exception types by exception type. l In the area on the right, the bottom subscribers identified by IMSIs, bottom cells and bottom Trxs are illustrated in tables. The tables show the IMSIs(or Cell Names or TRXIDs), the number of exception records and the percentage of each exception type.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

446

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

By default, the system displays 10 records. The default number can be modified. NOTE

Bottom Exceptional Cells in the Show drop-down list is valid only when the overview node or NE node in the object navigation tree is selected. Bottom Exceptional Trxs in the Show dropdown list is valid only when a cell node in the object navigation tree is selected

l In the pie chart area, you can right-click the chart and then choose an option from the shortcut menu to perform the corresponding operation, such as modifying the attributes of the chart, and resizing, saving, and printing the chart. Step 6 Start further analysis for one exception type. l Select a cell or a BSC node in the navigation tree in the left pane, and right-click Start Further Analysis. Then, the system will display all the exception records of the selected cell or the selected BSC. . Then, the system will l In the middle area, choose an exception type and click display all the exception records of the selected exception type of the subscriber or the cell. l In the area on the right, choose a subscriber, a cell or a Trx and click . Then, the system will display all the exception records of the selected subscriber or the selected cell of the exception type. NOTE

When you check a theme analysis result in the GSM MR Analysis Task, GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task, GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task, GSM Frequency Analysis Task, or GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task, the Nastar can enable you to navigate to the analysis results of different tasks if other themes have analysis results of specified cells and time segments. Right-click a cell and choose Jump To > GSM *** Analysis Task from the shortcut menu to view the analysis results ( *** indicates the five analysis tasks).

----End

Follow-up Procedure Export query results. You can right-click in the result list and then choose Save As from the shortcut menu to save the current query results as a .csv, .xls, or .xlsx file.

Related References 14.8.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Results

14.6 Exporting GSM Cell Performance Analysis Reports This section describes how to export GSM cell performance analysis reports. You can export the queried cell performance analysis results as .xls or .xlsx files, which helps in locating problem cells in networks.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You have queried the GSM cell performance analysis reports. For details, see 14.5 Querying GSM Cell Performance Analysis Results.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

447

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

14 GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Procedure Step 1 Click in the GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task window. The Save dialog box is displayed. Step 2 Set the file name and specify the file type and path to save the file. Then, click Save. l The progress of an export task is displayed in the Exported File List dialog box. You can perform other operations during the execution of the export task. – Only one export task can be executed at a time on one client. If more than one export tasks are created, other tasks are in the waiting state and can be executed only after the running task is executed completely or canceled. on the right of the progress bar to cancel an export task in the waiting – You can click or running state so that the task is terminated and deleted from the task list. You can click on the right of the progress bar to delete an export task in the completed state so that the task is deleted from the task list. on the right of the progress bar to view detailed information about an – You can click export task in the completed state. l The exported analysis results are classified into analysis results of bottomN exception subscribers obtained from cell performance analysis and exception overview results obtained from cell performance analysis. These types of analysis results are contained in two files separately. ----End

14.7 Technical Specifications for GSM Cell Performance Analysis This section describes the technical specifications for GSM cell performance analysis. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task

Property Matrix Management to open the Property Matrix Management window and then import property matrix to the Nastar database for network geographic analysis.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

459

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

No.

Procedure

Description

2

Create a GSM network geographic analysis data E2E task

You can choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management on the Nastar client to open the E2E Task Management window and then create a E2E task. After you create the task, the Nastar issues rule files to the M2000, and then the M2000 sends the rule files to the related SAU. Then, the SAU performs the measurement task.

3

Create a GSM network geographic analysis data import task

You can choose Maintenance > Task Management on the Nastar client to open the Task Management window and then create a GSM network geographic observation analysis CHR data import task and a GSM network geographic observation analysis MR data import task. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically imports the GSM network geographic observation analysis CHR data and the GSM network geographic observation analysis MR data files saved on the Nastar server into the database.

4

Check the integrity of GSM network geographic analysis data

You can double-click Function List > System Function > Data Query in the Analysis Task Management window on the Nastar client to open the Query Data dialog box and then verify that all the required GSM network geographic observation analysis CHR data and GSM network geographic observation analysis MR data are imported into the database.

5

Create a GSM network geographic analysis task

You can create a GSM network geographic analysis task in the Analysis Task Management window. After the task is created, the Nastar periodically retrieves GSM network geographic analysis data and GSM configuration data from the database, analyzes the retrieved data, and then generates analysis results.

6

Query GSM network geographic analysis results

After a GSM network geographic analysis task is executed successfully, you can query the analysis results in grids in the Network Geographic Observation window, and view the geographic layers of counters.

15.3 Obtaining GSM Network Geographic Analysis Data This section describes how to enable the Nastar to obtain GSM network geographic analysis data. With this function, users can import the property matrix used for network geographic localization into the Nastar database, create E2E tasks to collect and analyze data, and create data import tasks to import the collected analysis data into the database.

15.3.1 Import Property Matrix Property matrix contains the longitude and latitude of each grid center point, cell information, and receive signal level in a grid on the map. You can import the property matrix to match the actual receive signal level in measurement reports (MRs) to determine the position of each subscriber on the map. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

460

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The configuration data has been imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

l

A property matrix file is obtained.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Property Matrix Management. The Property Matrix Management window is displayed. TIP

In the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window, double-click System Function > Property Matrix Management. Also you can also choose System Function > Property Matrix Management from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Property Matrix Management window is displayed.

Step 2 Click the *** Property Matrix tab, and then query the property matrix that is already imported or not imported. l *** indicates GSM or UMTS. l The NEs in a configuration file are displayed in the NE Name column. l You can check whether the property matrix of an NE is imported in the Property Matrix column. The cells in red of this column indicate that the property matrix of the NE is not imported. If the network geographic analysis is required for some NEs but the property matrix of these NEs is not imported into the Nastar database, import the property matrix and then perform the network geographic analysis. l Data in the property matrix table can be displayed after being filtered. Click on the right of a column heading and select a filter item from the drop-down list to filter data in the property matrix table. Step 3 Click Import on the right of the window. The Import dialog box is displayed. Step 4 Click Add. In the Open dialog box, select a property matrix file. Property matrix files are in .txt format. Step 5 Click Open. Step 6 Repeat Step 4 to Step 5. All the property matrix files to be imported are added to List of ToBe-Imported Files. Step 7 Click OK. You can view the feature matrix import check result in the displayed dialog box. l The Error dialog box is displayed, indicating that the subscriber feature matrix import check fails. You can click the link path to view the tracing record. l The Information dialog box is displayed, indicating that the subscriber matrix import check passes successfully and the check result is uploaded to the server. After the files are imported, the import information about the property matrix of NEs is refreshed in the Property Matrix column. ----End Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

461

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

15.3.2 Creating GSM Network Geographic Analysis Data E2E Tasks This section describes how to create a E2E task. After you create an E2E task, the Nastar issues rule files to the M2000 and then the M2000 sends rule files to the related SAU. The SAU performs the raw data pre-processing tasks through the rule files, and then generate the pre-processed data. The Nastar create the data collection task automatically to collect the pre-processed data from the SAU to the Nastar.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The OSS and NEs related to the analysis task are created. For details, see 2.2 Creating OSSs and the Managed NEs.

l

Configuration data is imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 3.3 Importing Configuration Data.

l

The data source is subscribed and the status is On.

Context You are advised to observe the E2E task for five minutes to check whether the task is executed normally after you create the E2E task by performing the following steps. If Status of the E2E task is still Running after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task is executed normally. If Status of the E2E task is Complete or Failed after five minutes, it indicates that the E2E task fails to be executed. Note that the Nastar monitors the tasks by checking the task status on the M2000 at an interval of five minutes.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > E2E Task Management. The E2E Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New Task. The New Task dialog box is displayed. TIP

You can also double-click the E2E task in the navigation tree in the E2E Task Management window, or right-click the E2E task and click New Task, the New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Set the basic task information. 1.

In the Task Name field, enter the name of the analysis data E2E task.

2.

In the E2E Task Management > E2E Task List, choose *** Analysis Data Task.

Step 4 Click Next. Step 5 Set Begin Time and End Time, and select one or multiple NEs from the NE list.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

462

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

CAUTION You must consider the time zone difference between the Nastar and the SAU when setting the task execution range. For example: The Nastar delivers an E2E task to be executed from 04:00 to 05:00. The local time on the SAU is two hours later than the local time on the Nastar server. In this case, the SAU preprocesses and reports the data related to the E2E task to the Nastar server after 06:00 in the local time on the Nastar server. Therefore, the Nastar completes E2E tasks in a four-hour delay to ensure that all required data is collected to the Nastar server. You are advised to create an E2E task one day before creating a theme analysis task. The Nastar supports the function of searching for objects in the object navigation tree. After you click an object in the navigation tree, you can press Ctrl+F to search for and locate an object. Step 6 Click Next. Step 7 Set Traffic of bad RxQual area, Low Receive Quality and Low Level on the Downlink, Low Receive Quality and Low Level on the Uplink, and Definition of No Dominant Cell. Step 8 Click Complete. The added E2E task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure In the task list on the right of the E2E Task Management window, select one analysis data E2E task to view, delete, refresh, or cancel it. If you need to...

Then...

View the selected task

Click Property.

Delete the selected task

Click Delete. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state cannot be deleted.

Refresh the selected task

Click Refresh.

Cancel the selected task

Right-click a task from the task list in the right pane of the E2E Task Management window, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. NOTE The E2E tasks in the running or waiting state can be cancelled.

15.3.3 Creating a Data Import Task This section describes how to create a data import task. The Nastar periodically imports the analysis data such as the performance data, VIP analysis data, and cell performance analysis data on the Nastar server into the database to perform various theme analysis tasks.

Prerequisites You have logged in to the Nastar client. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

463

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Context l

A data import task is a user-defined scheduled task. You can create only one user-defined scheduled task of the same type.

l

The data import task can only be executed periodically. The unit of the task execution period can be Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months. The data import task of the same type can only be created once on the Nastar. After the task is created, the Nastar automatically imports data at the preset time.

l

A data import task can be performed only after the related data collection task is complete (if the data collection task running type is period, only after the first period). Otherwise, the integrity of the imported data may be affected.

l

You need to create data import tasks of different types based on the type of an analysis task. Table 15-2 shows the mapping between analysis task types and types of data import tasks. Table 15-2 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Types of Data Import Tasks

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM MR Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Frequency Analysis

Import GSM Performance Analysis Data and Import GSM Measure Task File for Neighboring Cell

Manual creation

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis

Import GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM VIP Analysis

Import GSM VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

GSM Cell Performance Analysis

Import GSM Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

464

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

GSM Network Geographic Analysis

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import GSM Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis

Import UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis

Import UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Coverage Analysis

Import UMTS Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS VIP Analysis

Import UMTS VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis

Import UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis

Import UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis

Import UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

UMTS Network Geographic Analysis

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis CHR Data

Manual creation

l Import UMTS Network Geographic Observation Analysis MR Data CDMA Uplink Interference Ranking Analysis

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis - TopN Analysis Data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Manual creation

465

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

CDMA Uplink Interference Spectrum Analysis

Import CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Spectrum Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA IntraFrequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Data (EVDO)

l Import CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Data (EVDO) CDMA Coverage Analysis

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (1X)

Manual creation

l Import CDMA Coverage Analysis Data (EVDO)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis

Import CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

CDMA VIP Analysis

Import CDMA VIP analysis data import function

Manual creation

LTE Coverage Analysis

Import LTE Coverage Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE VIP Analysis

Import LTE VIP Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Tasks

Import LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Cell Performance Analysis

Import LTE Cell Performance Analysis Data

Manual creation

LTE Complaint Analysis Support

-

-

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

466

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Import Task Type

Manual Creation/Automatic Creation

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis

-

-

Procedure Step 1 Choose Maintenance > Task Management. The Task Management window is displayed. Step 2 Click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed. Step 3 Set the basic information about the task. 1.

In Task Name, type the name of the data import task.

2.

Select the type of the data import task from Task Type. For details about how to set Task Type, see Table 15-2.

3.

Select the execution type of the data import task from Execution Type. You can only select Periodic.

Step 4 Click Next to set the execution time of the task. 1.

Click . In the displayed Date/Time Selection dialog box, select the start time. You can also set the start time in the Begin time area. NOTE

Begin Time must be later than the current server time.

2.

Set the task execution period in Period Setting.

Step 5 Click Finish. The new task is displayed in the task list. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select a data import task from the task list in the Task Management window and then perform operations as required. If you need to...

Then...

Delete a task

Click Delete. NOTE l You can delete only the tasks that you create. Administrators can delete all tasks created by users. l System tasks cannot be deleted. l Running tasks cannot be deleted.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

467

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

If you need to...

Then...

Suspend a task or resume a task

Perform operations in either of the following modes: l Manual mode Right-click the task, and then choose Suspend or Resume from the shortcut menu. l Automatic mode Right-click the task, and then choose Timely Suspend/Resume from the shortcut menu. In the Timely Suspend/Resume dialog box, set Suspend Time and Resume Time. NOTE Only the tasks in the Idle state can be suspended, and only the tasks in the Suspend state can be resumed.

Cancel the execution of a task

Right-click the task, and then choose Cancel from the shortcut menu. After the operation is successful, the task status is changed from Running to Idle. NOTE Only the tasks in the Running state can be cancelled.

15.3.4 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data This section describes how to check the integrity of analysis data. Before creating an analysis task, you need to check that the Nastar has imported the required analysis data into the database.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

The data import task is performed.

Context You need to query the data of different types according to the type of an analysis task. Table 15-3 shows the mapping between analysis task types and data types. Table 15-3 Mapping Between Analysis Task Types and Data Types

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM MR Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM MR analysis data

GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM/UMTS Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM/UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Frequency Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, GSM frequency analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Uplink Interference Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM uplink interference analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

468

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

GSM VIP Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

GSM Complaint Analysis Support Task

GSM configuration data and engineering parameters

GSM Cell Performance Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM cell performance analysis data

GSM Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

GSM configuration data and GSM terminal inventory analysis data

GSM Network Geographic Analysis Task

GSM configuration data, property matrix, GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

UMTS Uplink Interference Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS uplink interference analysis data

UMTS Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS/GSM Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, UMTS/GSM neighboring cell analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Coverage Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS coverage analysis data

UMTS VIP Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

UMTS Complaint Analysis Support Task

UMTS configuration data and engineering parameters

UMTS Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS pilot pollution analysis data

UMTS Cell Performance Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS cell performance analysis data

UMTS Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data and UMTS terminal inventory analysis data

UMTS Network Geographi Analysis Task

UMTS configuration data, property matrix, UMTS network geographic observation CHR analysis data, UMTS network geographic observation MR analysis data, and engineering parameters

CDMA Uplink Interference Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data, CDMA uplink interference ranking analysis data, and CDMA uplink interference spectrum analysis data

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

469

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Analysis Task Type

Data Type

CDMA Intra-Frequency Neighboring Cell Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (1X services), CDMA neighboring cell analysis data (EVDO services) and engineering parameters

CDMA Complaint Analysis Support Task

CDMA configuration data and engineering parameters

CDMA Pilot Pollution Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (1X services) or CDMA pilot pollution analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Coverage Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA coverage analysis data (1X services) or CDMA coverage analysis data (EVDO services)

CDMA Cell Performance Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA cell performance analysis data

CDMA VIP Analysis Task

CDMA configuration data and CDMA VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Coverage Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE coverage analysis data

LTE VIP Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE VIP analysis data and engineering parameters

LTE Terminal Inventory Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE terminal inventory analysis data

LTE Cell Performance Analysis Task

LTE configuration data and LTE cell performance analysis data

LTE Complaint Analysis Support Task

LTE configuration data and engineering parameters

LTE Cell Fault Diagnosis Analysis Task

-

Procedure Step 1 Double-click System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window. The Query Data window is displayed. TIP

You can also choose System Function > Data Query from the navigation tree in the Analysis Task Management window and right-click Open. The Query Data window is displayed.

Step 2 Set Data Type on the left of the Query Data dialog box. For details about how to set Data Type, see Table 15-3. Step 3 Set Select Condition. Select Condition is optional. You can set the time range only after selecting Is time limit required. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

470

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Step 4 Select the NE object node to be queried in the NE object navigation tree. Step 5 Click Query. You can view the analysis data in the right pane of the window. If no relevant analysis data is displayed, contact Huawei technical support engineers. ----End

15.4 Creating GSM Network Geographic Analysis Tasks This section describes how to create GSM network geographic analysis tasks. After you create and then execute a GSM network geographic analysis task, the Nastar displays required information such as the distribution of network coverage, traffic, and abnormal events on the map, based on the collected measurement report (MR) and call history record (CHR) data of the selected NE in an intuitive and a comprehensive manner.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

GSM network geographic observation CHR analysis data, GSM network geographic observation MR analysis data, GSM configuration data, engineering parameters, and property matrix are imported into the Nastar database. For details, see 15.3.4 Checking the Integrity of Analysis Data.

l

An analysis task can be performed once or periodically. A periodic task is performed by days.

l

A maximum of 10 tasks of this type can be created, and a maximum of data of seven days can be involved in an analysis task.

Context

Procedure Step 1 Click

in the Analysis Task Management window. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

TIP

l Alternatively, you can double-click a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window to open the New Task dialog box. l You can also choose a theme node from the navigation tree on the Analysis Task Management window and right-click New. The New Task dialog box is displayed.

Step 2 Set the basic task information such as Task Name, Task Type, and Remarks. Step 3 Click Next. Step 4 Select BSC or NE Group. Select one or multiple cells on the navigation tree. You can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. Step 5 Click Next. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

471

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Step 6 Set the execution time for the task. If...

Then...

Task Type is set to One-time

Go to the next step to set the time range,the start time of the task and busy hour range.

Task Type is set to Period

Set Set Periodic Task, Set Busy Hour for Periodic Task.

Step 7 Set the time range and the start time of the task. The existing data is displayed in table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. In a data table, blue cells indicate that theme data at the current time is normal, yellow cells indicate that configuration data at the current time is normal, and green cells indicate that both theme data and configuration data at the current time is normal. The method for specifying the time range varies according to the selected analysis object. If...

Then...

NE is selected

1. Set the time range in either of the following methods: l Method 1: Set Time Range according to the existing data status displayed on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Method 2: Specify the analysis time range by pressing and dragging the mouse in the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. The time in Time Range will automatically refresh to the specified time. NOTE l If no theme data is available in the specified time range, and if no configuration data is available before the end time for an analysis task, the task will fail. l Press and hold the mouse to specify the continuous period in a line of the table on the *** Analysis Data tab page. l Press and hold Ctrl+Shift to select multiple lines of data for analysis.

2. Set Execution Delay. NE Group is selected

Set Time Range and Execution Delay.

Step 8 Click Complete. ----End

Follow-up Procedure You can select an analysis task from the task list in the Analysis Task Management window and then perform operations as required.

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

472

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

TIP

You can choose Theme Function > *** Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. Here, *** indicates the name of a specific analysis task.

If you need to... Modify a task

Then... Select a task, and click

, or right-click View/Modify.

Only the tasks in the Waiting or Suspended state can be modified. Delete a task

Select one or multiple tasks, and click

, or right-click Delete.

The tasks in the Running state cannot be deleted. Suspended a task

Restore a suspended task Save as the tasks Refresh

Select a task in the Waiting state, and click Suspended.

, or right-click

Select a task in the Suspended state, and click Resume.

, or right-click

Right-click Save As to export the task information. Click

, or right-click Refresh to refresh the task status.

Related References 15.7.3 Parameters for Creating and Modifying GSM Network Geographic Analysis Tasks

15.5 Querying GSM Network Geographic Analysis Results This section describes how to query GSM network geographic analysis results. After you execute a GSM network geographic analysis task, the Nastar displays required information on the map based on the collected measurement report (MR) and call history record (CHR) data of the selected NE and the property matrix imported into the Nastar database to show the distribution of network coverage, traffic, and abnormal events in an intuitive and comprehensive manner.

Prerequisites l

You have logged in to the Nastar client.

l

You are authorized to use the Geographic Information System (GIS).

l

The required engineering parameters are imported into the Nastar.

l

The progress of the GSM network geographic analysis task has reached 100%.

l

The required map file is obtained.

Procedure Step 1 Choose Theme Function > GSM network geographic Observation Analysis Task from the navigation tree on the left of the Analysis Task Management window. If you choose Theme Function, the right task list displays all analysis tasks. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

473

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Step 2 Select a GSM network geographic analysis task from the task list in the upper right of the Analysis Task Management window. The analysis results of the selected task are displayed in the lower right pane. Step 3 Select an analysis result from the result list in the lower right of the Analysis Task Management window. Step 4 Right-click the analysis result and choose Network Geographic Observation from the shortcut menu. The Network Geographic Observation window is displayed. You can also double-click the selected analysis result to open the Network Geographic Observation window. NOTE

Only the analysis result whose Result Status is Successful can be queried.

Step 5 Query the GSM network geographic analysis result in the Network Geographic Observation window. 1.

Optional: Click

to import the map file.

For details, see 3.7.1 Importing a Map. 2.

Click

to load site information.

For details, see 3.7.3 Loading Site Information. 3.

In the left navigation tree, choose the network geographic analysis node. The geographic data of the selected theme analysis is displayed synchronously on the map located on the right of the window.

4.

Select a geographic analysis theme node, and right-click Display to open the Display *** dialog box. In the displayed dialog box, set information about illustration and NEs. *** indicates the name of the theme node. On the NE tab page, you can click any node in the navigation tree and then press Ctrl+F to search for and locate the required object. NOTE

When querying the Traffic of Bad RxQual Area, you can set the proportion of traffic with poor quality to analyse the traffic volume with poor quality.

5.

Optional: In the button area in the upper left of the window, click Management dialog box and set map layers.

to open the Layer

NOTE

Layers can be classified into service layers and map layers. You can set attributes on service layers, such as setting legends or deleting layers. You can only move map layers upwards or downwards.

l If multiple layers are available, select a map layer and click Up (U) or Down (D) on the right of the layer list to adjust the map layer overlap sequence. You can also determine whether a map layer is displayed or not and set the transparency of the map layer to be displayed in the Properties area at the bottom of the map layer list. l On the right of the map layer list, click Add to add a map layer file. Map files must be in the .tab format. l After selecting a map layer, click Properties on the lower right of the map layer list to set the legends and NEs to be displayed on the map layer. Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

474

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

6.

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

In the geographic display area in the middle of the window, view abnormal events and the relevant theme information on the map in grid view mode. l Select a grid to view detailed information in the detailed information display area on the right of the window. TIP

l When you select Traffic Distribution of Voice Services or Traffic of Bad RxQual Area under the Geographic Network Traffic node, the top 3 cells with the heaviest traffic in the current grid are displayed. l When you select Traffic Distribution of Voice Services under the Geographic Network Traffic node, the busy hours in the current grid are displayed.

l In the button area on the upper left of the window, perform the following operations, as shown in Table 15-4. Table 15-4 Functions of buttons Button

Description Enables you to open the legend to view the counter value range corresponding to a color. You can also set the legend in the Layer Management dialog box.

or

Enables you to switch between Select Tool and Hand Tool. Enables the Nastar to measure the distance. For details, see 3.7.7 Measuring Distance on the Map.

or

Enables you to zoom in or zoom out on the map. For details, see 3.7.6 Moving/Zooming In On/Zooming Out On/Refreshing/Fully Displaying a Map. Enables the Nastar to display the map in full screen. For details, see 3.7.6 Moving/Zooming In On/Zooming Out On/Refreshing/Fully Displaying a Map. Enables the Nastar to refresh the map. For details, see 3.7.6 Moving/Zooming In On/Zooming Out On/Refreshing/Fully Displaying a Map. Enables the Nastar to save a map. For details, see 3.7.8 Saving the Map Display Effect.

and

Enables the Nastar to filter cells. For details, see 3.7.4 Filtering Cells. Enables the Nastar to search for cells. For details, see 3.7.5 Searching Cells.

----End

Issue 06 (2012-08-31)

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

475

iManager Nastar Network Optimization User Guide (GSM)

15 GSM Network Geographic Analysis

Related References 15.7.4 Parameters for Querying GSM Network Geographic Analysis Results

15.6 Technical Specifications for GSM Network Geographic Observation This section describes the technical specifications for GSM Network Geographic Observation. Item

Task Management Capacity

Number of NE objects supported by one analysis task

l